[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018146659A1 - Inspection device - Google Patents

Inspection device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018146659A1
WO2018146659A1 PCT/IB2018/052440 IB2018052440W WO2018146659A1 WO 2018146659 A1 WO2018146659 A1 WO 2018146659A1 IB 2018052440 W IB2018052440 W IB 2018052440W WO 2018146659 A1 WO2018146659 A1 WO 2018146659A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
inspection object
inspection
flipper
unit
rotating
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/IB2018/052440
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
์ดํ˜ธ์ค€
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Koh Young Technology Inc
Original Assignee
Koh Young Technology Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Koh Young Technology Inc filed Critical Koh Young Technology Inc
Publication of WO2018146659A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018146659A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/84Systems specially adapted for particular applications
    • G01N21/88Investigating the presence of flaws or contamination
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B7/00Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements
    • G02B7/18Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for prisms; for mirrors
    • G02B7/182Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for prisms; for mirrors for mirrors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B7/00Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements
    • G02B7/18Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for prisms; for mirrors
    • G02B7/182Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for prisms; for mirrors for mirrors
    • G02B7/1821Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for prisms; for mirrors for mirrors for rotating or oscillating mirrors

Definitions

  • the technical idea of the present invention relates to an inspection apparatus, and more particularly, to an inspection apparatus for inspecting the appearance of a product.
  • various patterns or symbols are formed on a case of various electronic products such as a mobile phone, a digital camera, and a phone by imprinting or printing, and the material is also made of various materials such as plastic, metal, and ceramic.
  • Defects such as scratches or stamps, may occur on the surface of the case during production and transportation, and the reliability of the product may decrease when the case in which the defect is generated is used for manufacturing an electronic device. Therefore, the case requires an appearance inspection process for inspecting whether a surface defect is generated, and in general, the appearance inspection may be performed through the naked eye.
  • the visual inspection by the naked eye is inferior in workability, and may also cause a problem of not finding a defect by mistake.
  • a plurality of cameras installed on the outer side of the conveyor belt photograph the case at various angles while acquiring the case on the conveyor belt and transporting the case in one direction, thereby acquiring an image of each side of the case and analyzing the image, thereby generating a defect in the case. You can check whether it is.
  • a conveyor belt and an inspection apparatus using a camera are disadvantageous in terms of cost including a large number of cameras, and when the case does not rest on the conveyor belt, it is difficult to obtain accurate images, and therefore, even in the presence of defects. An error may occur.
  • the problem to be solved by the technical idea of the present invention is to provide an inspection apparatus that can reduce the time and cost spent in the inspection while precisely inspecting the appearance of the inspection object.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an inspection apparatus capable of accurately and quickly inspecting the front, rear, side, and edge portions of an inspection object.
  • the technical idea of the present invention includes a pair of rail bodies installed so that the conveyor belt is capable of traveling, and while the conveyor belt is driven, the front or rear surface of the inspection object is supported upward to support the inspection.
  • a pair of flipper bodies each having a conveyor body for conveying an object, a rotating body rotatably coupled to the support body by a support body and a flipper shaft, and installed to be rotatable on the rotating body for transporting the inspection object
  • a flipper unit for rotating the light source, and a light source for emitting light, Group mirror unit provides an inspection apparatus for reflecting part of the first edge of the light emitted from the light source when the one side surface of the inspection object to head upward.
  • At least one inspection unit for receiving the light reflected from the inspection object to inspect the inspection object is a front or rear inspection of the inspection object located on the conveyor unit, and moving; Inspecting the side and the first corner of the inspection object located in the flipper portion.
  • the inspection unit inspects the inspection object using pattern illumination.
  • the inspection unit inspects one side and the first corner portion of the inspection object facing the inspection unit while moving in one direction.
  • the mirror unit may reflect light reflected from the first corner portion facing the inspection unit toward the inspection unit when one side of the inspection object faces upward.
  • the flipper part includes a flipper clamp for fixing the test object, wherein the flipper clamp fixes the test object such that one side of the test object protrudes from one end of the rotating body. do.
  • the mirror unit may include a mirror having a reflective surface and a mirror rotating member configured to rotate the mirror to adjust an angle of light emitted from the light source and incident to the mirror to the reflective surface. It features.
  • the flipper part is clockwise and counterclockwise in a position in which the side of the test object faces upward, such that a second corner portion between the side and front of the test object and between the side and the back of the test object is inspected.
  • the inspection object is rotated within a predetermined angle in a direction.
  • the conveyor unit is disposed in the conveying path of the conveyor unit, the rotating part for rotating the inspection object in parallel with the front or rear surface of the inspection object in a posture of the front or rear surface of the inspection object upward.
  • a clamp disposed on the conveying path of the conveyor unit and fixing the inspection target while the front or rear surface of the inspection target is inspected.
  • the technical idea of the present invention includes a pair of rail bodies installed so that the conveyor belt is capable of traveling, and a predetermined setting for inspecting the first surface of the inspection target by driving the conveyor belt.
  • a pair of flipper bodies each having a conveyor for transporting the inspection object to a position, and a rotating body rotatably coupled to the supporting body by a supporting body and a flipper shaft, a flipper belt installed to run on the rotating body And a mirror portion provided in the rotating body for inspecting edge portions between two neighboring surfaces of the inspection object, wherein a second surface of the inspection object different from the first surface of the inspection object is upward.
  • the inspection apparatus may include an inspection apparatus that reflects light emitted from the light source so that an edge portion between the second surface and the surfaces of the inspection object adjacent to the second surface is illuminated when the second surface of the inspection object faces upward. to provide.
  • the inspection apparatus includes a conveyor unit capable of inspecting the front or rear surface of the inspection object and a flipper unit capable of rotating the inspection object to inspect the side surfaces of the inspection object, between the conveyor unit and the flipper unit.
  • a conveyor unit capable of inspecting the front or rear surface of the inspection object
  • a flipper unit capable of rotating the inspection object to inspect the side surfaces of the inspection object, between the conveyor unit and the flipper unit.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing an inspection apparatus according to an embodiment of the inventive concept.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view schematically illustrating the inspection apparatus illustrated in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view illustrating a flipper unit according to an exemplary embodiment of the inventive concept.
  • 4A and 4B show the inner and outer surfaces of the rotating body shown in FIG. 3, respectively.
  • FIG 5 is a view for explaining a method of inspecting the side and the first corner portion of the inspection object in the inspection device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a view conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the inventive concept.
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B are views conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the inventive concept.
  • 9A to 9E are diagrams for describing an exemplary method of operating a flipper unit.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for describing an exemplary method of operating a flipper unit.
  • the inspection apparatus includes a pair of rail bodies installed so that the conveyor belt is capable of traveling, and the conveyor unit transports the inspection object while supporting the front or rear side of the inspection object by moving the conveyor belt upward.
  • a pair of flipper bodies each having a rotatable body rotatably coupled to the support body by a support body and a flipper shaft, a flipper belt installed to run on the rotatable body for transporting the inspection object, and the inspection
  • a flipper provided in the rotating body for inspecting a first edge portion between two neighboring side surfaces of the object, the flipper rotating the object to face upward of the object;
  • Unit and a light source for emitting light, wherein the mirror unit is the inspection object The light emitted from the light source is reflected to the first corner part when one side of the upper surface is upward.
  • first and second may be used to describe various components, but the components are not limited by the terms. The terms are used only to distinguish one component from another.
  • first component may be referred to as the second component, and conversely, the second component may be referred to as the first component.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view schematically illustrating an inspection apparatus 1000 according to an exemplary embodiment of the inventive concept.
  • 2 is a plan view schematically illustrating the inspection apparatus 1000 illustrated in FIG. 1.
  • the inspection apparatus 1000 includes an inspection unit 400 disposed above the first conveyor unit 100, the flipper unit 200, the second conveyor unit 300, and the above-listed components. ) May be included.
  • the inspection target to be inspected by the inspection apparatus 1000 may be a product requiring an appearance inspection.
  • the inspection object may be a metal product whose appearance is made of metal.
  • the inspection object may have a rectangular parallelepiped shape.
  • the inspection object may have front and back sides and sides opposite to each other, and may have a curved edge portion.
  • the corner portion between two adjacent sides is the first corner portion
  • the corner portion between the front surface F and the side surface and the back surface and the side surface is called a second corner portion.
  • the sides may include two long sides opposite to each other and two short sides opposite to each other, where the long side means a side adjacent to the front side F or the long side of the back side, and the short side is the front side ( F) Or it may mean a side adjacent to the short side of the back.
  • the inspection apparatus 1000 may be an inspection apparatus that inspects all of the front surface F, the rear surface, the side surfaces, and the corners of the inspection object.
  • the material of the inspection object is not limited to the metal, or the structure of the inspection object is not limited to the rectangular parallelepiped.
  • the first conveyor unit 100 may be disposed at the inlet side where the inspection target is loaded.
  • the first conveyor unit 100 may be a portion for performing an inspection on the front surface F or the rear surface of the inspection object in the inspection apparatus 1000.
  • the first conveyor unit 100 may transfer while supporting the inspection object such that the front surface F or the rear surface of the inspection object faces upward where the inspection unit 400 is disposed.
  • the first conveyor unit 100 may include a pair of first rail bodies 110, a rotating unit 120, and a clamp 130.
  • the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be disposed to face each other and extend in parallel. Each of the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be provided with a first conveyor belt 115.
  • the first conveyor belt 115 may be installed to run on the first rail body 110.
  • the first conveyor unit 100 may transfer the inspection object while supporting the inspection object such that the front surface F or the rear surface of the inspection object faces upward through the first conveyor belt 115.
  • the first conveyor unit 100 may move the inspection object forward or backward by forward or reverse rotation of the transfer motor for driving the first conveyor belt 115.
  • the first conveyor unit 100 moves the inspection object loaded by driving the first conveyor belt 115 to the front / back inspection positions provided in the first conveyor unit 100, or in the flipper unit 200.
  • the inspection object transferred to the first conveyor unit 100 may be transferred to the rotating unit 120.
  • the distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be adjusted according to the arrangement state of the inspection object placed on the first conveyor belt 115. For example, the distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 when the long side of the inspection object faces forward is the distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 when the short side of the inspection object faces forward. Can be greater than
  • At least one of the pair of first rail bodies 110 includes a guide rail 116 in which the pair of first rail bodies 110 extend in a direction away from each other (eg, in the Y direction). ) Can be installed to be movable. Between the pair of first rail bodies 110, a first ball screw 114 for moving at least one of the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be installed. That is, at least one of the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be moved in the longitudinal direction of the first ball screw 114 by the rotation of the first ball screw 114.
  • the rotating unit 120 may be disposed in the transfer path of the first conveyor unit 100 and may rotate the inspection object horizontally. That is, the rotating part 120 may rotate the test object in parallel with the front surface F or the back surface of the test object in a posture in which the front surface F or the rear surface of the test object faces upward. For example, the rotating unit 120 rotates about 90 ยฐ horizontally of the inspection object disposed in the longitudinal direction between the pair of first rail body 110, so that the inspection object is between the pair of first rail body 110. It may be arranged in the width direction. On the contrary, the rotation unit 120 may rotate the inspection object in the width direction in the length direction.
  • the horizontal means a surface parallel to the front surface (F) or the rear surface of the inspection object, hereinafter the state in which the front surface (F) or the rear surface of the inspection object is directed upward is referred to as a 'horizontal state'.
  • the longitudinal direction is a direction in which the long side surfaces of the inspection object are parallel to the pair of first rail bodies 110, and in the width direction, the short side surfaces of the inspection object are directions parallel to the pair of first rail bodies 110. Can be.
  • the rotating unit 120 may include a gripping finger 122, and may rotate a gripping finger 122 horizontally and move the gripping finger 122 in an up and down direction. And lifting drive cylinders (not shown).
  • the holding finger 122 may be provided to hold the inspection object.
  • the gripping finger 122 may include four unit fingers, and the four unit fingers may stably hold the test object by supporting opposite sides of the test object. Meanwhile, in order to prevent the holding finger 122 from colliding with the first rail body 110 when the distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 is narrowed, the first rail body 110 may be used for holding.
  • a groove G into which the finger 122 can be inserted may be formed.
  • the rotating unit 120 may rotate the inspection object horizontally through a process of raising, rotating, and lowering the inspection object.
  • the inspection object disposed on the pair of first rail bodies 110 is separated from the pair of first rail bodies 110 by the rotating part 120 and ascends, descends after being rotated about 90 ยฐ. It may be disposed in the first rail body 110 of the pair.
  • the rotation of the inspection object through the rotating unit 120 may be performed simultaneously with the ascending or descending process.
  • about 90 ยฐ rotation of the inspection object through the rotating unit 120 may be made through one rotation or may be made through several rotations.
  • the rotating part 120 may be installed on the second ball screw 124 extending between the pair of first rail bodies 110. By the rotation of the second ball screw 124, the holding finger 122 may be moved along the length direction of the second ball screw 124.
  • the second ball screw 124 may cause the finger 122 to hold the grip 122. It may be rotated to be located at the center of the pair of first rail body (110).
  • first ball screw 114 and the second ball screw 124 may be rotated in conjunction with the drive shaft 117 rotated by the drive motor.
  • the driven pulley 118 coupled to the first ball screw 114 is connected to the drive shaft 117 by a power transmission member such as a belt, and the driven pulley 128 coupled to the second ball screw 124. Is connected to the drive shaft 117 by a power transmission member.
  • the lead of the first ball screw 114 and the lead of the second ball screw 124 are appropriately adjusted so that the holding finger 122 moves in association with the pair of first rail bodies 110. At the same time it may be located in the center of the pair of first rail body (110).
  • the structure and operation of the rotating unit 120 have been briefly described, but this is merely exemplary and the structure or operation of the rotating unit 120 is not limited thereto.
  • the structure and operation of all of the rotating parts 120 capable of rotating the inspection object by about 90 ยฐ may be applied to the inspection apparatus 1000 of the present embodiment.
  • the clamp 130 is disposed in the transfer path of the first conveyor unit 100, and the front side F or the rear side of the inspection target is inspected by the inspection unit 400 at the front / back side inspection positions provided in the first conveyor unit 100.
  • the test object can be fixed during the process. For example, when the inspection object is moved to the front / back inspection position along the first conveyor belt 115, the clamp 130 compresses the side of the inspection object to firmly fix the inspection object, thereby inspecting the inspection unit 400. Ensure stable and precise performance.
  • a plurality of sensors may be installed in the transfer path of the first conveyor unit 100 to detect the position of the inspection target.
  • the sensor may include a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit, and may be installed on the pair of first rail bodies 110, respectively.
  • the sensor may detect that the test object is positioned at a predetermined position for holding the test object using the rotating unit 120 or detect that the test object is located at the front / back test positions.
  • the flipper unit 200 may be disposed in parallel with the first conveyor unit 100 in a transport direction (for example, X direction) of the first conveyor unit 100.
  • the flipper 200 may be a portion for performing inspection on the sides of the inspection target in the inspection apparatus 1000.
  • the flipper 200 may rotate the inspection object such that a side of the inspection object faces upward.
  • the rotation may mean a rotation using an imaginary straight line connecting the centers of two rotating bodies 230 to be described later as the rotation axis.
  • a state in which the side of the inspection object faces upward is referred to as a "vertical stateโ€.
  • the flipper part 200 rotates the inspection object vertically by about 90 ยฐ to the vertical state in which one side of the inspection object is upward.
  • the flipper 200 may rotate the inspection object by about 180 ยฐ when the inspection object is in a vertical state, so that the flipper 200 may be in a vertical state again, but change the positions of the lower side and the upper side.
  • the configuration and operation method of the flipper 200 will be described in more detail later.
  • the second conveyor unit 300 may be disposed at an outlet side at which an inspection object is unloaded.
  • the second conveyor unit 300 may be disposed in parallel with the flipper unit 200, and may receive the inspected object from which the inspection is completed from the flipper unit 200 and transfer it to the outlet.
  • the second conveyor unit 300 may include a pair of second rail bodies 310 and a second conveyor belt 315 installed to run on the second rail body 310 so as to face each other and extend side by side. Can be.
  • the second conveyor unit 300 may transfer the inspection object while supporting the inspection object such that the front surface F or the rear surface of the inspection object faces upward through the second conveyor belt 315.
  • the inspection unit 400 may capture an image of the appearance of the inspection object.
  • a light source 500 of FIG. 7 illuminating the inspection object emits light toward the inspection object, and the inspection unit 400 may receive the light reflected from the inspection object to capture the inspection object.
  • the inspection unit 400 may be, for example, a CCD camera.
  • the inspection unit 400 is not limited to the CCD camera.
  • the inspection unit 400 may be a high performance CMOS camera such as a sCMOS (Scientific CMOS) camera.
  • the inspection unit 400 may include all kinds of sensors or detectors capable of detecting the defect of the inspection object by receiving light reflected from the inspection object.
  • the inspection unit 400 may include devices for measuring the three-dimensional shape of the inspection object by irradiating the inspection object with the pattern illumination by changing the phase and receiving light reflected from the inspection object. Since the principle of measuring a three-dimensional shape using pattern illumination is already known, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the inspection unit 400 may be disposed above the first conveyor unit 100 and the flipper unit 200, and may inspect the inspection object while circulating predetermined positions. For example, the inspection unit 400 inspects the front surface F and the rear surface of the inspection object at the first inspection position provided above the first conveyor unit 100, and inspects the inspection object at the second inspection position provided above the flipper 200. The sides of the can be inspected.
  • the inspection unit 400 may be installed in a gantry and move in the X direction and / or the Y direction, and further, may move in the Z direction.
  • the inspection unit 400 is not limited to the camera, it may include an analysis device that can analyze the image obtained through the camera with the camera.
  • the analysis device is an analysis computer on which an analysis program is installed, and may be, for example, a general personal computer, a workstation, a supercomputer, or the like.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view illustrating a flipper unit 200 according to an embodiment of the inventive concept.
  • 4A and 4B show the inner and outer surfaces of the rotary body 230 shown in FIG. 3, respectively.
  • the flipper unit 200 includes a pair of flipper body 210, a flipper belt 240 installed to run on the flipper body 210, and a flipper body 210. It may include a mirror unit 280, the flipper clamp 260 and the flipper lifter 250 installed in the.
  • the pair of flipper bodies 210 may be disposed to face each other on the base plate 201.
  • the pair of flipper bodies 210 may include a support body 220 and a rotating body 230, respectively.
  • the distance between the pair of flipper bodies 210 may be adjusted.
  • at least one of the two support bodies 220 provided in the pair of flipper bodies 210 may be moved along the guide rail 203 provided on the base plate 201 through the moving block 222. have. That is, at least one of the two support bodies 220 is moved along the guide rail 203 extending between the pair of flipper bodies 210, so that the distance between the pair of flipper bodies 210 can be adjusted. have.
  • the rotating body 230 may be installed to be rotatable to the support body 220 by the flipper shaft 232.
  • the rotating body 230 is disposed in the inward direction of the support body 220, and may be disposed adjacent to the first rail body 110 and the second rail body 310 when in the horizontal state.
  • the pair of rotating bodies 230 may be rotated in synchronization with each other by a ball spline 234 installed extending between the pair of flipper bodies 210.
  • the flipper drive pulley 236 provided on the flipper drive motor 235 is connected to the driven pulley 238 coupled to the ball spline 234 through a power transmission member, and a pair of rotating bodies (
  • the flipper shafts 232 coupled to each of the 230 may be connected to sub pulleys (not shown) coupled to the ball spline 234 through the power transmission member.
  • the two rotary bodies 230 may be synchronized and rotated by the rotational movement of the ball spline 234.
  • the two rotating bodies 230 can be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise.
  • the flipper belt 240 may be installed on the pair of rotating bodies 230, respectively, and may extend along the longitudinal direction of the rotating body 230. While the rotating body 230 is positioned in a horizontal state, the flipper belt 240 may be disposed adjacent to the first conveyor belt 115 and the second conveyor belt 315.
  • the flipper unit 200 may travel the flipper belt 240 to transfer the inspection object in a direction parallel to the transfer direction of the first conveyor unit 100. That is, by the running of the flipper belt 240, the inspection object can be moved forward or backward with the front or rear face upward.
  • the flipper belt 240 may include an upper belt 242 and a lower belt 244 disposed on the inner surface of the rotating body 230 spaced up and down.
  • the upper belt 242 and the lower belt 244 may be supported by the drive pulleys 246 and 248 and two or more support rollers 249, respectively, and may be driven by the rotation of the drive pulleys 246 and 248, respectively. Can be.
  • the drive gear 272 rotatably installed on the support body 220, and on the outer surface of the rotary body 230
  • the first idle gear 274 and the second idle gear 276 may be provided to be rotatable.
  • the first idle gear 274 may be connected to the driving pulley 246 supporting the upper belt 242 through a rotation shaft, and the second idle gear 276 may drive the pulley 248 supporting the lower belt 244. And can be connected via a rotating shaft.
  • the driving gear 272 may rotate in engagement with one of the first idle gear 274 and the second idle gear 276.
  • the second idle gear 276 connected to the lower belt 244 meshes with the drive gear 272
  • the second idle gear 276 rotates according to the rotation of the drive gear 272 and as a result, the lower belt ( 244 may travel.
  • the rotation body 230 is rotated about 180 ยฐ so that the first idle gear 274 connected to the upper belt 242 is engaged with the drive gear 272, the first idle according to the rotation of the drive gear 272.
  • Gear 274 rotates, and as a result, top belt 242 can travel. That is, the upper belt 242 and the lower belt 244 may be driven independently to transport the inspection object.
  • the flipper clamp 260 may fix the inspection object and may be installed on the rotating body 230.
  • the clamp plate 262 may be in close contact with the test object to fix the test object.
  • the proper position may mean a position in which the side to be inspected of the inspection object is coincided with both ends of the rotating body 230, or a position protruded slightly from both ends.
  • the sensor may be provided to determine whether the test object is located at an appropriate position. For example, the sensor may be disposed at portions adjacent to both ends of the rotating body 230.
  • the flipper clamp 260 may include a clamp plate 262 and a clamp drive cylinder 264.
  • the clamp plate 262 may extend along the longitudinal direction of the rotating body 230, and may be disposed to face one side of the inspection object that is moved along the flipper belt 240.
  • the clamp driving cylinder 264 may press the clamp plate 262 so that the clamp plate 262 is in close contact with the test object to fix the test object.
  • the clamp driving cylinder 264 is disposed to be spaced apart from the flipper shaft 232, and may be provided, for example, on the left and right sides with respect to the flipper shaft 232.
  • the flipper clamp 260 may be provided only in any one of the pair of rotation bodies 230, but is not limited thereto and may be provided in all of the pair of rotation bodies 230.
  • the flipper elevator 250 may raise and lower the flipper body 210 in the vertical direction so that one side of the inspection object in the vertical state may be positioned at a height suitable for being inspected by the inspection unit 400.
  • the flipper elevator 250 may include an elevating ball screw 252 and an elevating drive motor 254 for rotating the elevating ball screw 252.
  • the lifting ball screw 252 may extend in the vertical direction and be installed on the base plate 201, and may be rotated by driving of the lifting driving motor 254 to raise or lower the flipper body 210.
  • the support body 220 may be provided with an LM guide (linear motion guide) 224 for guiding the flipper body 210 in the vertical direction.
  • the LM guide 224 is slidably coupled to a guide rail (not shown) installed upright in a vertical direction. Accordingly, the lifting operation of the flipper body 210 may be stably performed.
  • the mirror unit 280 may be provided to inspect the first corner portion of the inspection object.
  • the mirror unit 280 may be installed on the rotating body 230, and for example, may be disposed on the side of the rotating body 230.
  • Mirror portion 280 may include a mirror (282 of FIG. 5) having a reflective surface, the mirror 282 may be mounted to the rotating body 230 by a support structure.
  • the mirror unit 280 allows the first corner portion of the inspection object to be captured by the inspection unit 400.
  • the inspection unit 400 may image the first corner portion of the inspection object reflected by the mirror unit 280.
  • the mirror unit 280 reflects the light emitted from the light source (500 in FIG. 7) to illuminate the first corner of the inspection object, so that the amount of light sufficient for the inspection unit 400 to capture the first corner of the inspection object. Can be secured. That is, the mirror unit 280 may remove blind spots so that the first edge of the inspection object may be inspected together while the side of the inspection object is inspected by the inspection unit 400.
  • 5 is a view for explaining a method of inspecting the side and the first corner portion E1 of the inspection target in the inspection device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 6 is a diagram conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion E1 of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
  • the inspection object is rotated by the rotating body 230 so that one side thereof faces upward, and thus the one side of the inspection object is inspected by the inspection unit 400. Face to face. At this time, the one side facing the inspection unit 400 may protrude from the end of the rotating body 230.
  • the inspection unit 400 may inspect the one side of the inspection object while moving in one direction a1.
  • the inspection unit 400 may capture a plurality of images of the one side while moving in one direction a1.
  • the inspection unit 400 is reflected from the mirror 282 to inspect the first corner portion E1 of one side of the inspection object in a vertical state facing the inspection unit 400.
  • the light L2 can be received.
  • the inspection unit 400 may receive the light L2 reflected at the mirror 282.
  • the first corner E1 may be captured by moving to.
  • the mirror 282 reflects the light reflected from the first edge portion E1 to the inspection portion 400 so that the first edge portion E1 is picked up by the inspection portion 400, so that an angle of view of the inspection portion 400 is increased. It can eliminate the blind area that does not reach.
  • the first edge portion E1 may be inspected without the addition of a camera for inspecting the first edge portion E1, thereby reducing the cost.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion E1 of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an embodiment of the inventive concept.
  • the mirror 282 reflects the light L3 emitted from the light source 500 and enters the first corner portion E1, thereby using the inspection unit 400 to make the first corner portion E1. It is possible to ensure that the amount of light sufficient to inspect the.
  • the mirror 282 may reflect the light L3 emitted from the light source 500 to illuminate the first edge portion E1 of the inspection object, and the light source directly illuminating the first edge portion E1. Even if it is not added, the amount of light sufficient to inspect the first corner portion E1 can be ensured.
  • the mirror 282 may have a variety of shapes or structures to disperse the light reflected by the mirror 282 in a wider range, for example, the reflective surface of the mirror 282 It may have a convex shape.
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B are views conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion E1 of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an embodiment of the inventive concept.
  • the mirror unit 280 may include a mirror 282 and a mirror rotating member 284 for rotating the mirror 282.
  • the mirror rotating member 284 may include, for example, a rotating motor, but is not limited thereto.
  • the mirror rotating member 284 may change the path through which the light L1 โ€ฒ reflected at the first edge portion E1 is reflected from the mirror 282 to change.
  • the mirror 282 can be rotated. That is, the mirror rotating member 284 may rotate the mirror 282 to adjust an angle at which the light L1 โ€ฒ reflected from the first edge portion E1 forms the reflective surface of the mirror 282.
  • the mirror rotating member 284 may advance the light L1 โ€ฒ reflected by the first edge portion E1 toward the inspection unit 400 positioned at a predetermined inspection position by rotating the mirror 282. .
  • the light L1 reflected from the first edge portion E1 of the inspection object is compared with the incident angle of the mirror 282 at the first angle ( โ‡ 1 in FIG. 6) with respect to the reflective surface of the mirror 282.
  • the light L1 โ€ฒ reflected by the first corner portion E1 may be incident on the mirror 282 at an angle โ‡ 1 โ€ฒ smaller than the first angle by rotating the 282 clockwise by a predetermined angle.
  • the inspection unit 400 may inspect the first corner portion E1 in a direction away from one side of the inspection object facing the inspection unit 400.
  • the mirror rotating member 284 rotates the mirror 282 such that the light L3 โ€ฒ emitted from the light source 500 is reflected with the reflective surface of the mirror 282. You can adjust the angle to make.
  • the mirror rotating member 284 may easily illuminate a specific area of the first edge portion E1 by rotating the mirror 282.
  • the mirror 282 is clockwise compared to the incident light L3 โ€ฒ emitted from the light source 500 in FIG. 7 at a second angle ( โ‡ 2 in FIG. 7) with respect to the reflective surface of the mirror 282.
  • the light L3 โ€ฒ emitted from the light source 500 may be incident on the mirror 282 at an angle โ‡ 2 โ€ฒ smaller than the second angle by rotating the predetermined angle.
  • the inspection unit 400 may illuminate the first corner portion E1 in a direction away from one side of the inspection object facing the inspection unit 400.
  • FIGS. 3A to 9E are diagrams for describing an exemplary method of operating a flipper unit.
  • an exemplary operation method of the flipper unit and a method of inspecting the side and first corner portions E1_1 and E1_2 of the object to be inspected using the same will be described with reference to FIGS. 3A to 9E.
  • the flipper unit 200 may drive the flipper belt 240. Transfer the test object to the proper position.
  • the inspection object may be conveyed in a state in which the front surface F faces upward, and the first long side surface S1, which is one of the long side surfaces of the inspection object, faces forward.
  • the proper position may correspond to a position where the side portion to be inspected, for example, the first long side surface S1 of the inspection object, slightly protrudes from one end of the rotating body 230. Thereafter, at the proper position, the inspection object may be firmly fixed by the clamp plate 262.
  • the flipper 200 may rotate the rotating body 230 by about 90 ยฐ in a counterclockwise direction so that the inspection object is vertical, and lower the inspection object by a predetermined distance.
  • the lowering of the inspection object is to separate the first long side surface S1 of the inspection object from the inspection unit 400 at an appropriate distance to be inspected by the inspection unit 400.
  • the lowering of the rotating body 230 may be made before rotating the rotating body 230, while rotating the rotating body 230, or after rotating the rotating body 230. That is, when the first long side surface S1 faces upward by the lowering and rotating operation of the flipper 200, the inspection unit 400 may have both sides of the first long side surface S1 and the first long side surface S1.
  • the inspection unit 400 may inspect the appearance of the inspection object while moving in one direction a1.
  • the inspection unit 400 may capture a plurality of images of the first long side surface S1 and the first corner portion E1_1 on both sides of the first long side surface S1 while moving in one direction a1. .
  • the mirror unit 280 reflects the light reflected from the first corner portion E1_1 back to the inspection unit 400 or illuminates the first corner portion E1_1 by reflecting the light emitted from the light source.
  • the first corner portion E1_1 is inspected by the inspection unit 400.
  • the flipper 200 may rotate the rotating body 230 by about 90 ยฐ clockwise so that the inspection object is in a horizontal state, and raise the inspection object by a predetermined distance. Thereafter, the flipper unit 200 drives the flipper belt 240 to move the inspection object toward the opposite end of the rotating body 230.
  • the second long side surface S2 of the inspection object opposite to the first long side surface S1 faces backward, and the second long side surface S2 of the inspection object is slightly at the opposite end of the rotating body 230. It may be positioned to protrude. Thereafter, the test object is firmly fixed by the clamp plate 262.
  • the flipper 200 rotates the rotational body 230 about 90 ยฐ clockwise so that the inspection object is vertical, and the inspection unit 400 rotates the second long side surface S2.
  • the test object can be lowered to a position suitable for the test.
  • the rotating body 230 may be rotated about 270 ยฐ counterclockwise to be in a vertical state.
  • the inspection unit 400 may include the first long sides S2 and the first long side surfaces S2. The inspection on the edge portion E1_2 is performed.
  • the inspection unit 400 may inspect the appearance of the inspection object while moving in one direction a1.
  • the inspection unit 400 may capture a plurality of images of the second long side surface S2 and the first corner portion E1_2 while moving in one direction a1.
  • the mirror 280 by reflecting the light reflected back from the first edge portion (E1_2) back to the inspection unit 400 or by reflecting the light emitted from the light source to illuminate the first edge portion (E1_2)
  • the first corner portion E1_2 is inspected by the inspection unit 400.
  • the flipper 200 may rotate the rotating body 230 in a clockwise direction by about 90 ยฐ such that the inspection object is in a horizontal state, and raise the inspection object by a predetermined distance.
  • the inspection object is the back side (B) facing upwards and the second long side surface (S2) is facing forward.
  • the flipper unit 200 may transfer the inspection object to the first conveyor unit 100 (FIG. 1) in order to inspect the rear surface B of the inspection object.
  • the flipper 200 may transfer the inspection object to the second conveyor unit (300 of FIG. 1).
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for describing an exemplary method of operating a flipper unit.
  • an exemplary operation method of the flipper unit for inspecting the second corner portion E2 of the inspection object will be described.
  • the flipper 200 rotates the inspection object such that one side of the inspection object is in a vertical state facing upward, and then rotates the inspection object in a clockwise direction and in a posture in which one side of the inspection object faces upward.
  • the inspection object can be rotated within a predetermined angle โ‡ in the counterclockwise direction.
  • the second corner portion E2 of the inspection object faces the inspection unit 400, and the inspection unit 400 inspects the second corner portion E2 which is not imaged when the inspection object is in a vertical state.
  • the inspection part 400 may include a second corner portion E2 between the first long side surface S1 and the front surface, and a second corner portion between the first long side surface S1 and the rear surface B ( E2) can be checked.
  • the inspection unit 400 inspects the long side surfaces and the short side surfaces, respectively, and then rotates the inspection object in the vertical state by the flipper 200 in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction by a predetermined angle โ‡ .
  • the second corner portion E2 of can be inspected.
  • the angle rotated in the clockwise and counterclockwise direction in the vertical state of the inspection object may be the same. In some cases, however, the angles rotated clockwise and counterclockwise in the vertical state of the inspection object may be different.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Investigating Materials By The Use Of Optical Means Adapted For Particular Applications (AREA)

Abstract

The technical concept of the present invention provides an inspection device capable of precisely inspecting the exterior of an inspection object while reducing the time and cost spent for the inspection. The inspection device comprises: a conveyor part allowing a front surface or a rear surface of an inspection object to be inspected; and a flipper part which rotates the inspection object so as to have side surfaces thereof inspected, and to which a mirror part for inspecting a corner part of the inspection object is installed. Accordingly, the inspection device can precisely and rapidly inspect the exterior of the inspection object, and easily inspect, without the addition of a light source, the corner part of the inspection object which is difficult for the view angle of an inspection part to reach.

Description

๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜Inspection device

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ, ํŠนํžˆ ์ œํ’ˆ์˜ ์™ธ๊ด€์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The technical idea of the present invention relates to an inspection apparatus, and more particularly, to an inspection apparatus for inspecting the appearance of a product.

์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ, ํœด๋Œ€ํฐ, ๋””์ง€ํ„ธ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ, ์ „ํ™”๊ธฐ ๋“ฑ ๊ฐ์ข… ์ „์ž์ œํ’ˆ์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์—๋Š”, ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ๋ฌธ์–‘์ด๋‚˜ ์‹ฌ๋ณผ์ด ๊ฐ์ธ ๋˜๋Š” ์ธ์‡„๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ์žฌ์งˆ ๋˜ํ•œ ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ์žฌ, ๊ธˆ์†์žฌ, ์„ธ๋ผ๋ฏน ๋“ฑ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์žฌ์งˆ๋กœ ์ œ์ž‘๋œ๋‹ค. ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์—๋Š” ์ƒ์‚ฐ ๋ฐ ์šด๋ฐ˜๊ณผ์ • ์ค‘์— ์Šคํฌ๋ž˜์น˜๋‚˜ ์ฐํž˜์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฐํ•จ์ด ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ์ด์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฒฐํ•จ์ด ๋ฐœ์ƒํ•œ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ์ „์ž๊ธฐ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ œ์ž‘์— ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•  ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ์ œํ’ˆ์˜ ์‹ ๋ขฐ๋„๊ฐ€ ํ•˜๋ฝํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋Š” ํ‘œ๋ฉด์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•จ์˜ ๋ฐœ์ƒ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ์™ธ๊ด€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๊ณผ์ •์ด ์š”๊ตฌ๋˜๊ณ , ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ์œก์•ˆ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์™ธ๊ด€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์œก์•ˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ์™ธ๊ด€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋Š” ์ž‘์—…์„ฑ์ด ๋–จ์–ด์ง€๊ณ , ๋˜ํ•œ, ์‹ค์ˆ˜์— ์˜ํ•ด ๊ฒฐํ•จ์„ ์ฐพ์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์ด ๋ฐœ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In general, various patterns or symbols are formed on a case of various electronic products such as a mobile phone, a digital camera, and a phone by imprinting or printing, and the material is also made of various materials such as plastic, metal, and ceramic. Defects, such as scratches or stamps, may occur on the surface of the case during production and transportation, and the reliability of the product may decrease when the case in which the defect is generated is used for manufacturing an electronic device. Therefore, the case requires an appearance inspection process for inspecting whether a surface defect is generated, and in general, the appearance inspection may be performed through the naked eye. However, the visual inspection by the naked eye is inferior in workability, and may also cause a problem of not finding a defect by mistake.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ์— ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ์•ˆ์น˜์‹œ์ผœ ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ด์†ก์‹œํ‚ค๋ฉด์„œ, ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ์˜ ์™ธ์ธก์— ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ๋‹ค๊ฐ๋„๋กœ ์ดฌ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ผ€์ด์Šค ๊ฐ ๋ฉด์˜ ์˜์ƒ์„ ํš๋“ํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ทธ ์˜์ƒ์„ ๋ถ„์„ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•จ ๋ฐœ์ƒ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ ๋ฐ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ๋งŽ์€ ์ˆ˜์˜ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ๋“ค์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๋น„์šฉ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ถˆ๋ฆฌํ•˜๊ณ , ๋˜ํ•œ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ์˜ ์ • ์œ„์น˜์— ์ผ€์ด์Šค๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ์ฐฉํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ •๋ฐ€ํ•œ ์˜์ƒ ํš๋“์ด ์–ด๋ ต๊ณ , ๊ทธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๊ฒฐํ•จ ์—ฌ๋ถ€ ํŒ๋…์—๋„ ์—๋Ÿฌ๊ฐ€ ๋ฐœ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Meanwhile, a plurality of cameras installed on the outer side of the conveyor belt photograph the case at various angles while acquiring the case on the conveyor belt and transporting the case in one direction, thereby acquiring an image of each side of the case and analyzing the image, thereby generating a defect in the case. You can check whether it is. However, such a conveyor belt and an inspection apparatus using a camera are disadvantageous in terms of cost including a large number of cameras, and when the case does not rest on the conveyor belt, it is difficult to obtain accurate images, and therefore, even in the presence of defects. An error may occur.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์ด ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•˜๊ณ ์ž ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ณผ์ œ๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์™ธ๊ด€์„ ์ •๋ฐ€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ๋„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ์— ์†Œ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๋ฐ ๋น„์šฉ์„ ์ ˆ๊ฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The problem to be solved by the technical idea of the present invention is to provide an inspection apparatus that can reduce the time and cost spent in the inspection while precisely inspecting the appearance of the inspection object.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์ด ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•˜๊ณ ์ž ํ•˜๋Š” ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ณผ์ œ๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด, ๋’ท๋ฉด, ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค, ๋ฐ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ •๋ฐ€ํ•˜๊ณ  ์‹ ์†ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Another object of the present invention is to provide an inspection apparatus capable of accurately and quickly inspecting the front, rear, side, and edge portions of an inspection object.

์ƒ์ˆ ํ•œ ๊ณผ์ œ๋ฅผ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์€ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๊ฐ€ ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•˜๋Š” ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€, ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์™€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†ก์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ, ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ด์›ƒํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(edge portion)์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ(flipper)๋ถ€, ๋ฐ ๊ด‘์„ ์ถœ์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ์— ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋กœ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค.In order to solve the above problems, the technical idea of the present invention includes a pair of rail bodies installed so that the conveyor belt is capable of traveling, and while the conveyor belt is driven, the front or rear surface of the inspection object is supported upward to support the inspection. A pair of flipper bodies each having a conveyor body for conveying an object, a rotating body rotatably coupled to the support body by a support body and a flipper shaft, and installed to be rotatable on the rotating body for transporting the inspection object A flipper belt and a mirror portion provided on the rotatable body for inspecting a first edge portion between two neighboring side surfaces of the inspection object, the inspection object having a side of the inspection object facing upward; A flipper unit for rotating the light source, and a light source for emitting light, Group mirror unit provides an inspection apparatus for reflecting part of the first edge of the light emitted from the light source when the one side surface of the inspection object to head upward.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ˆ˜๊ด‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, at least one inspection unit for receiving the light reflected from the inspection object to inspect the inspection object, the inspection unit is a front or rear inspection of the inspection object located on the conveyor unit, and moving; Inspecting the side and the first corner of the inspection object located in the flipper portion.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ํŒจํ„ด ์กฐ๋ช…์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, the inspection unit inspects the inspection object using pattern illumination.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€์™€ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, when the side of the inspection object is directed upward, the inspection unit inspects one side and the first corner portion of the inspection object facing the inspection unit while moving in one direction.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€์™€ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ–ฅํ•˜์—ฌ ๋‹ค์‹œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, the mirror unit may reflect light reflected from the first corner portion facing the inspection unit toward the inspection unit when one side of the inspection object faces upward.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ํด๋žจํ”„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋˜, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ํด๋žจํ”„๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์˜ ์ผ ๋๋‹จ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋Œ์ถœ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, the flipper part includes a flipper clamp for fixing the test object, wherein the flipper clamp fixes the test object such that one side of the test object protrudes from one end of the rotating body. do.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š”, ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด์„ ๊ฐ–๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋กœ ์ž…์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์ด๋ฃจ๋Š” ๊ฐ๋„๊ฐ€ ์กฐ์ ˆ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, the mirror unit may include a mirror having a reflective surface and a mirror rotating member configured to rotate the mirror to adjust an angle of light emitted from the light source and incident to the mirror to the reflective surface. It features.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด๊ณผ ์•ž๋ฉด ์‚ฌ์ด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋’ท๋ฉด ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋„๋ก, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ž์„ธ์—์„œ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์†Œ์ • ๊ฐ๋„ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, the flipper part is clockwise and counterclockwise in a position in which the side of the test object faces upward, such that a second corner portion between the side and front of the test object and between the side and the back of the test object is inspected. The inspection object is rotated within a predetermined angle in a direction.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€์˜ ์ด์†ก ๊ฒฝ๋กœ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ž์„ธ์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์— ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€, ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€์˜ ์ด์†ก ๊ฒฝ๋กœ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํด๋žจํ”„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, the conveyor unit is disposed in the conveying path of the conveyor unit, the rotating part for rotating the inspection object in parallel with the front or rear surface of the inspection object in a posture of the front or rear surface of the inspection object upward. And a clamp disposed on the conveying path of the conveyor unit and fixing the inspection target while the front or rear surface of the inspection target is inspected.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ์ˆ ํ•œ ๊ณผ์ œ๋ฅผ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์€ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๊ฐ€ ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฉด์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธฐ ์„ค์ •๋œ ์œ„์น˜๋กœ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•˜๋Š” ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€, ๋ฐ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์™€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ, ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ด์›ƒํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘ ๋ฉด๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(edge portion)์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€, ๋ฐ ๊ด‘์„ ์ถœ์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉด์— ์ด์›ƒํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๋ฉด๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์กฐ๋ช…๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค.In addition, in order to solve the above problems, the technical idea of the present invention includes a pair of rail bodies installed so that the conveyor belt is capable of traveling, and a predetermined setting for inspecting the first surface of the inspection target by driving the conveyor belt. A pair of flipper bodies each having a conveyor for transporting the inspection object to a position, and a rotating body rotatably coupled to the supporting body by a supporting body and a flipper shaft, a flipper belt installed to run on the rotating body And a mirror portion provided in the rotating body for inspecting edge portions between two neighboring surfaces of the inspection object, wherein a second surface of the inspection object different from the first surface of the inspection object is upward. And a flipper for rotating the inspection object to face the light source, and a light source for emitting light. The inspection apparatus may include an inspection apparatus that reflects light emitted from the light source so that an edge portion between the second surface and the surfaces of the inspection object adjacent to the second surface is illuminated when the second surface of the inspection object faces upward. to provide.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์— ์˜ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€ ๋ฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€์™€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€ ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์™•๋ณต ์ด๋™์‹œํ‚ค๋ฉด์„œ ์ง์œก๋ฉด์ฒด ๊ตฌ์กฐ์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์™ธ๊ด€์„ ์ •๋ฐ€ํ•˜๊ณ  ์‹ ์†ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‚˜์•„๊ฐ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๊ด‘์›์˜ ์ถ”๊ฐ€์—†์ด, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€์˜ ํ™”๊ฐ์ด ๋ฏธ์น˜๊ธฐ ์–ด๋ ค์šด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์šฉ์ดํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The inspection apparatus according to the technical spirit of the present invention includes a conveyor unit capable of inspecting the front or rear surface of the inspection object and a flipper unit capable of rotating the inspection object to inspect the side surfaces of the inspection object, between the conveyor unit and the flipper unit. By inspecting the reciprocating movement of the inspection object, the appearance of the inspection object of the cuboid structure can be inspected precisely and quickly. Furthermore, since the inspection apparatus includes a mirror disposed on the flipper portion, it is possible to easily inspect the edge portion of the inspection object that is hard to reach the angle of view of the inspection portion without the addition of a light source by using the mirror.

๋„ 1์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐœ๋žต์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๋‹ค. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing an inspection apparatus according to an embodiment of the inventive concept.

๋„ 2๋Š” ๋„ 1์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐœ๋žต์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ํ‰๋ฉด๋„์ด๋‹ค.FIG. 2 is a plan view schematically illustrating the inspection apparatus illustrated in FIG. 1.

๋„ 3๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๋‹ค. 3 is a perspective view illustrating a flipper unit according to an exemplary embodiment of the inventive concept.

๋„ 4a ๋ฐ ๋„ 4b๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๋„ 3์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์˜ ์•ˆ์ชฝ ๋ฉด ๋ฐ ๋ฐ”๊นฅ์ชฝ ๋ฉด์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.4A and 4B show the inner and outer surfaces of the rotating body shown in FIG. 3, respectively.

๋„ 5๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 5 is a view for explaining a method of inspecting the side and the first corner portion of the inspection object in the inspection device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

๋„ 6์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๊ฐœ๋…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.6 is a diagram conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.

๋„ 7๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๊ฐœ๋…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.7 is a view conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the inventive concept.

๋„ 8a ๋ฐ ๋„ 8b๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๊ฐœ๋…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.8A and 8B are views conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the inventive concept.

๋„ 9a ๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 9e๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์ž‘๋™ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด๋“ค์ด๋‹ค.9A to 9E are diagrams for describing an exemplary method of operating a flipper unit.

๋„ 10์€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์ž‘๋™ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.10 is a diagram for describing an exemplary method of operating a flipper unit.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๊ฐ€ ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•˜๋Š” ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€, ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์™€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†ก์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ, ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ด์›ƒํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(edge portion)์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ(flipper)๋ถ€, ๋ฐ ๊ด‘์„ ์ถœ์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ์— ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋กœ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.The inspection apparatus according to the present invention includes a pair of rail bodies installed so that the conveyor belt is capable of traveling, and the conveyor unit transports the inspection object while supporting the front or rear side of the inspection object by moving the conveyor belt upward. A pair of flipper bodies each having a rotatable body rotatably coupled to the support body by a support body and a flipper shaft, a flipper belt installed to run on the rotatable body for transporting the inspection object, and the inspection A flipper provided in the rotating body for inspecting a first edge portion between two neighboring side surfaces of the object, the flipper rotating the object to face upward of the object; Unit, and a light source for emitting light, wherein the mirror unit is the inspection object The light emitted from the light source is reflected to the first corner part when one side of the upper surface is upward.

์ดํ•˜, ์ฒจ๋ถ€๋„๋ฉด์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์˜ ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•œ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์„ ์ƒ์„ธํžˆ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์€ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ํ˜•ํƒœ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ˜•๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๊ฐ€ ์•„๋ž˜์—์„œ ์ƒ์ˆ ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค๋กœ ์ธํ•ด ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํ•ด์„๋˜์–ด์„œ๋Š” ์•ˆ ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์€ ๋‹น ์—…๊ณ„์—์„œ ํ‰๊ท ์ ์ธ ์ง€์‹์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ž์—๊ฒŒ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์„ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์™„์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ ์ œ๊ณต๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํ•ด์„๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•˜๋‹ค. ๋™์ผํ•œ ๋ถ€ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์‹œ์ข… ๋™์ผํ•œ ์š”์†Œ๋ฅผ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‚˜์•„๊ฐ€, ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ์˜ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์š”์†Œ์™€ ์˜์—ญ์€ ๊ฐœ๋žต์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ทธ๋ ค์ง„ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์€ ์ฒจ๋ถ€ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์— ๊ทธ๋ ค์ง„ ์ƒ๋Œ€์ ์ธ ํฌ๊ธฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ œํ•œ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค.Hereinafter, exemplary embodiments of the inventive concept will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, embodiments of the inventive concept may be modified in many different forms, and the scope of the inventive concept should not be construed as limited by the embodiments set forth below. Embodiments of the inventive concept are preferably interpreted to be provided to more completely explain the inventive concept to those skilled in the art. Like numbers refer to like elements all the time. Furthermore, various elements and regions in the drawings are schematically drawn. Accordingly, the inventive concept is not limited by the relative size or spacing drawn in the accompanying drawings.

์ œ1, ์ œ2 ๋“ฑ์˜ ์šฉ์–ด๋Š” ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์€ ์šฉ์–ด๋“ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค. ์šฉ์–ด๋“ค์€ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋ฅผ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๊ตฌ๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ชฉ์ ์œผ๋กœ๋งŒ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์˜ ๊ถŒ๋ฆฌ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ ๋ฒ—์–ด๋‚˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด์„œ ์ œ1 ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋Š” ์ œ2 ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋กœ ๋ช…๋ช…๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋กœ ์ œ2 ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋กœ ๋ช…๋ช…๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Terms such as first and second may be used to describe various components, but the components are not limited by the terms. The terms are used only to distinguish one component from another. For example, without departing from the scope of the inventive concept, the first component may be referred to as the second component, and conversely, the second component may be referred to as the first component.

๋ณธ ์ถœ์›์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ ์šฉ์–ด๋Š” ๋‹จ์ง€ ํŠน์ •ํ•œ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์„ ํ•œ์ •ํ•˜๋ ค๋Š” ์˜๋„๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ์ˆ˜์˜ ํ‘œํ˜„์€ ๋ฌธ๋งฅ์ƒ ๋ช…๋ฐฑํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋‹ค๋ฅด๊ฒŒ ๋œปํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ํ•œ, ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ํ‘œํ˜„์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ณธ ์ถœ์›์—์„œ, "ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค" ๋˜๋Š” "๊ฐ–๋Š”๋‹ค" ๋“ฑ์˜ ํ‘œํ˜„์€ ๋ช…์„ธ์„œ์— ๊ธฐ์žฌ๋œ ํŠน์ง•, ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜, ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๋™์ž‘, ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ, ๋ถ€๋ถ„ํ’ˆ ๋˜๋Š” ์ด๋“ค์„ ์กฐํ•ฉํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•จ์„ ์ง€์ •ํ•˜๋ ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด์ง€, ํ•˜๋‚˜ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ทธ ์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ํŠน์ง•๋“ค์ด๋‚˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜, ๋™์ž‘, ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ, ๋ถ€๋ถ„ํ’ˆ ๋˜๋Š” ์ด๋“ค์„ ์กฐํ•ฉํ•œ ๊ฒƒ๋“ค์˜ ์กด์žฌ ๋˜๋Š” ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅ์„ฑ์„ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ๋ฐฐ์ œํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ์ดํ•ด๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค.The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting of the inventive concepts. Singular expressions include plural expressions unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In this application, the expression โ€œcomprisesโ€ or โ€œhavingโ€ is intended to indicate that there is a feature, number, step, operation, component, part, or combination thereof described in the specification, and that one or more other features It should be understood that it does not exclude in advance the possibility of the presence or addition of numbers, operations, components, parts or combinations thereof.

๋‹ฌ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ํ•œ, ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ชจ๋“  ์šฉ์–ด๋“ค์€ ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ์šฉ์–ด์™€ ๊ณผํ•™ ์šฉ์–ด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๊ฐœ๋…์ด ์†ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ๋ถ„์•ผ์—์„œ ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ ์ง€์‹์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ž๊ฐ€ ๊ณตํ†ต์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ดํ•ดํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š” ๋ฐ”์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ์ง€๋‹Œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ํ†ต์ƒ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š”, ์‚ฌ์ „์— ์ •์˜๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์šฉ์–ด๋“ค์€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์˜ ๋งฅ๋ฝ์—์„œ ์ด๋“ค์ด ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”์™€ ์ผ๊ด€๋˜๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ–๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํ•ด์„๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์— ๋ช…์‹œ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ •์˜ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ํ•œ ๊ณผ๋„ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ํ˜•์‹์ ์ธ ์˜๋ฏธ๋กœ ํ•ด์„๋˜์–ด์„œ๋Š” ์•„๋‹ˆ ๋  ๊ฒƒ์ž„์€ ์ดํ•ด๋  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.Unless defined otherwise, all terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, including technical terms and scientific terms. Also, as used in the prior art, terms as defined in advance should be construed to have a meaning consistent with what they mean in the context of the technology concerned, and in an overly formal sense unless explicitly defined herein. It will be understood that it should not be interpreted.

๋„ 1์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)๋ฅผ ๊ฐœ๋žต์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๋‹ค. ๋„ 2๋Š” ๋„ 1์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)๋ฅผ ๊ฐœ๋žต์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ํ‰๋ฉด๋„์ด๋‹ค.1 is a perspective view schematically illustrating an inspection apparatus 1000 according to an exemplary embodiment of the inventive concept. 2 is a plan view schematically illustrating the inspection apparatus 1000 illustrated in FIG. 1.

๋„ 1 ๋ฐ ๋„ 2๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100), ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200), ์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(300), ๋ฐ ์•ž์„œ ์—ด๊ฑฐ๋œ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋“ค์˜ ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. 1 and 2, the inspection apparatus 1000 includes an inspection unit 400 disposed above the first conveyor unit 100, the flipper unit 200, the second conveyor unit 300, and the above-listed components. ) May be included.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ์™ธ๊ด€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ ์š”๊ตฌ๋˜๋Š” ์ œํ’ˆ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ์™ธ๊ด€์ด ๋ฉ”ํƒˆ๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„ ๋ฉ”ํƒˆ ์ œํ’ˆ ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ์ง์œก๋ฉด์ฒด ํ˜•์ƒ์„ ๊ฐ€์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ์„œ๋กœ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋ฐ ๋’ท๋ฉด, ๋ฐ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์„ ๊ฐ€์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๊ณก๋ฉด ํ˜•์ƒ์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(edge portion)์„ ๊ฐ€์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ดํ•˜์—์„œ, ์ด์›ƒํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘ ์ธก๋ฉด ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€ํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์•ž๋ฉด(F)๊ณผ ์ธก๋ฉด ์‚ฌ์ด ๋ฐ ๋’ท๋ฉด๊ณผ ์ธก๋ฉด ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•œ๋‹ค.On the other hand, the inspection target to be inspected by the inspection apparatus 1000 may be a product requiring an appearance inspection. For example, the inspection object may be a metal product whose appearance is made of metal. In addition, the inspection object may have a rectangular parallelepiped shape. For example, the inspection object may have front and back sides and sides opposite to each other, and may have a curved edge portion. Hereinafter, the corner portion between two adjacent sides is the first corner portion, and the corner portion between the front surface F and the side surface and the back surface and the side surface is called a second corner portion.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์€ ์„œ๋กœ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋œ 2๊ฐœ์˜ ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค ๋ฐ ์„œ๋กœ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋œ 2๊ฐœ์˜ ๋‹จ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด์ด๋ž€ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์˜ ์žฅ๋ณ€์— ์ด์›ƒํ•œ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๊ณ , ๋‹จ์ธก๋ฉด์ด๋ž€ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์˜ ๋‹จ๋ณ€์— ์ด์›ƒํ•œ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F), ๋’ท๋ฉด, ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค ๋ฐ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๋‘ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ก , ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์žฌ์งˆ์ด ๋ฉ”ํƒˆ์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜, ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๊ฐ€ ์ง์œก๋ฉด์ฒด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.The sides may include two long sides opposite to each other and two short sides opposite to each other, where the long side means a side adjacent to the front side F or the long side of the back side, and the short side is the front side ( F) Or it may mean a side adjacent to the short side of the back. The inspection apparatus 1000 may be an inspection apparatus that inspects all of the front surface F, the rear surface, the side surfaces, and the corners of the inspection object. Of course, the material of the inspection object is not limited to the metal, or the structure of the inspection object is not limited to the rectangular parallelepiped.

์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ๋กœ๋”ฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ž…๊ตฌ(in) ์ธก์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๊ฐ€ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The first conveyor unit 100 may be disposed at the inlet side where the inspection target is loaded. The first conveyor unit 100 may be a portion for performing an inspection on the front surface F or the rear surface of the inspection object in the inspection apparatus 1000. The first conveyor unit 100 may transfer while supporting the inspection object such that the front surface F or the rear surface of the inspection object faces upward where the inspection unit 400 is disposed.

์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110), ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120), ๋ฐ ํด๋žจํ”„(130)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The first conveyor unit 100 may include a pair of first rail bodies 110, a rotating unit 120, and a clamp 130.

ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ ๋งˆ์ฃผ๋ณด๋„๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์–ด ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฐ์žฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ๊ฐ๊ฐ์—๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(115)๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(115)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์— ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(115)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(115)๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋™์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ์ด์†ก ๋ชจํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ์ •ํšŒ์ „ ๋˜๋Š” ์—ญํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ „์ง„ ๋˜๋Š” ํ›„์ง„์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(115)๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ๋กœ๋”ฉ๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)์— ๋งˆ๋ จ๋œ ์•ž/๋’ท๋ฉด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์œ„์น˜๋กœ ์ด์†กํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜, ๋˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)์—์„œ ์ธก๋ฉด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰๋œ ํ›„ ๋‹ค์‹œ ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋กœ ์ด์†ก๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋กœ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The pair of first rail bodies 110 may be disposed to face each other and extend in parallel. Each of the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be provided with a first conveyor belt 115. The first conveyor belt 115 may be installed to run on the first rail body 110. The first conveyor unit 100 may transfer the inspection object while supporting the inspection object such that the front surface F or the rear surface of the inspection object faces upward through the first conveyor belt 115. The first conveyor unit 100 may move the inspection object forward or backward by forward or reverse rotation of the transfer motor for driving the first conveyor belt 115. For example, the first conveyor unit 100 moves the inspection object loaded by driving the first conveyor belt 115 to the front / back inspection positions provided in the first conveyor unit 100, or in the flipper unit 200. After the side inspection is performed, the inspection object transferred to the first conveyor unit 100 may be transferred to the rotating unit 120.

ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(115) ์ƒ์— ๋†“์—ฌ์ง„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๋ฐฐ์น˜ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์กฐ์ ˆ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ „๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ์˜ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๋‹จ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ „๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ์˜ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ณด๋‹ค ํด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be adjusted according to the arrangement state of the inspection object placed on the first conveyor belt 115. For example, the distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 when the long side of the inspection object faces forward is the distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 when the short side of the inspection object faces forward. Can be greater than

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)๋“ค์ด ์„œ๋กœ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋œ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ(์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, Y ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ)์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ์žฅํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ ๋ ˆ์ผ(116)์— ์ด๋™ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์—๋Š”, ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ์ด๋™์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ œ1 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(114)๊ฐ€ ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ œ1 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(114)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ, ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(114)์˜ ๊ธธ์ด ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, at least one of the pair of first rail bodies 110 includes a guide rail 116 in which the pair of first rail bodies 110 extend in a direction away from each other (eg, in the Y direction). ) Can be installed to be movable. Between the pair of first rail bodies 110, a first ball screw 114 for moving at least one of the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be installed. That is, at least one of the pair of first rail bodies 110 may be moved in the longitudinal direction of the first ball screw 114 by the rotation of the first ball screw 114.

ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)์˜ ์ด์†ก ๊ฒฝ๋กœ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ‰์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ž์„ธ์—์„œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์— ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๊ธธ์ด ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ‰์œผ๋กœ ์•ฝ 90ยฐํšŒ์ „์‹œ์ผœ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์— ํญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋กœ ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์—์„œ ๊ธธ์ด ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ˆ˜ํ‰์€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์— ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•œ ๋ฉด์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๊ณ , ์ดํ•˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ '์ˆ˜ํ‰ ์ƒํƒœ'๋ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋˜, ๊ธธ์ด ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์— ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•œ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์ด๋ฉฐ, ํญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๋‹จ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์— ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•œ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The rotating unit 120 may be disposed in the transfer path of the first conveyor unit 100 and may rotate the inspection object horizontally. That is, the rotating part 120 may rotate the test object in parallel with the front surface F or the back surface of the test object in a posture in which the front surface F or the rear surface of the test object faces upward. For example, the rotating unit 120 rotates about 90 ยฐ horizontally of the inspection object disposed in the longitudinal direction between the pair of first rail body 110, so that the inspection object is between the pair of first rail body 110. It may be arranged in the width direction. On the contrary, the rotation unit 120 may rotate the inspection object in the width direction in the length direction. Here, the horizontal means a surface parallel to the front surface (F) or the rear surface of the inspection object, hereinafter the state in which the front surface (F) or the rear surface of the inspection object is directed upward is referred to as a 'horizontal state'. In addition, the longitudinal direction is a direction in which the long side surfaces of the inspection object are parallel to the pair of first rail bodies 110, and in the width direction, the short side surfaces of the inspection object are directions parallel to the pair of first rail bodies 110. Can be.

ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋Š” ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๋“ค์„ ์ˆ˜ํ‰์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชจํ„ฐ(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ) ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๋“ค์„ ์ƒํ•˜ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์Šน๊ฐ•์šฉ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์‹ค๋ฆฐ๋”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The rotating unit 120 may include a gripping finger 122, and may rotate a gripping finger 122 horizontally and move the gripping finger 122 in an up and down direction. And lifting drive cylinders (not shown).

ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํŒŒ์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๋Š” 4๊ฐœ์˜ ๋‹จ์œ„ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ๋“ค์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ 4๊ฐœ์˜ ๋‹จ์œ„ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ๋“ค์€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์„œ๋กœ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ์–‘ ์ธก๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ง€์ง€ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์•ˆ์ •์ ์œผ๋กœ ํŒŒ์ง€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ํ•œํŽธ, ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์ข์•„์งˆ ๋•Œ ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์™€ ๋ถ€๋”ชํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์—๋Š” ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๊ฐ€ ์‚ฝ์ž…๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฃจ๋ธŒ(G)๊ฐ€ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The holding finger 122 may be provided to hold the inspection object. The gripping finger 122 may include four unit fingers, and the four unit fingers may stably hold the test object by supporting opposite sides of the test object. Meanwhile, in order to prevent the holding finger 122 from colliding with the first rail body 110 when the distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 is narrowed, the first rail body 110 may be used for holding. A groove G into which the finger 122 can be inserted may be formed.

ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ƒ์Šน, ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐ ํ•˜๊ฐ• ๊ณผ์ •์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ‰์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค์‹œ ๋งํ•ด์„œ, ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ๋˜์–ด ์ƒ์Šนํ•˜๊ณ , ์•ฝ 90ยฐ ํšŒ์ „ ํ›„ ํ•˜๊ฐ•ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋‹ค์‹œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•œํŽธ, ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ํšŒ์ „์€ ์ƒ์Šน ๋˜๋Š” ํ•˜๊ฐ• ๊ณผ์ •๊ณผ ๋™์‹œ์— ์ˆ˜ํ–‰๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ฝ 90ยฐ ํšŒ์ „์€ ํ•œ ๋ฒˆ์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๊ณ  ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๋ฒˆ์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The rotating unit 120 may rotate the inspection object horizontally through a process of raising, rotating, and lowering the inspection object. In other words, the inspection object disposed on the pair of first rail bodies 110 is separated from the pair of first rail bodies 110 by the rotating part 120 and ascends, descends after being rotated about 90 ยฐ. It may be disposed in the first rail body 110 of the pair. On the other hand, the rotation of the inspection object through the rotating unit 120 may be performed simultaneously with the ascending or descending process. In addition, about 90 ยฐ rotation of the inspection object through the rotating unit 120 may be made through one rotation or may be made through several rotations.

ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ ์—ฐ์žฅ๋œ ์ œ2 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(124)์— ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(124)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ, ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(124)์˜ ๊ธธ์ด ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋™๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The rotating part 120 may be installed on the second ball screw 124 extending between the pair of first rail bodies 110. By the rotation of the second ball screw 124, the holding finger 122 may be moved along the length direction of the second ball screw 124.

์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(114)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋  ๋•Œ, ์ œ2 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(124)๋Š” ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๊ฐ€ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์˜ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์— ์œ„์น˜๋˜๋„๋ก ํšŒ์ „ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In some embodiments, when the distance between the pair of first rail bodies 110 is changed by the rotation of the first ball screw 114, the second ball screw 124 may cause the finger 122 to hold the grip 122. It may be rotated to be located at the center of the pair of first rail body (110).

์ข€๋” ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์œผ๋กœ, ์ œ1 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(114)์™€ ์ œ2 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(124)๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ๋ชจํ„ฐ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๋Š” ์›๋™์ถ•(117)์— ์—ฐ๋™๋˜์–ด ํšŒ์ „๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ์ œ1 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(114)์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ์ข…๋™ ํ’€๋ฆฌ(118)๊ฐ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋™๋ ฅ์ „๋‹ฌ๋ถ€์žฌ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์›๋™์ถ•(117)๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(124)์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ์ข…๋™ ํ’€๋ฆฌ(128)๊ฐ€ ๋™๋ ฅ์ „๋‹ฌ๋ถ€์žฌ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์›๋™์ถ•(117)๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋•Œ, ์ œ1 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(114)์˜ ๋ฆฌ๋“œ(lead)์™€ ์ œ2 ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(124)์˜ ๋ฆฌ๋“œ๋Š” ์ ์ ˆํžˆ ์กฐ์ ˆํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ํŒŒ์ง€์šฉ ํ•‘๊ฑฐ(122)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์™€ ์—ฐ๋™๋˜์–ด ์ด๋™๋จ๊ณผ ๋™์‹œ์— ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์˜ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์— ์œ„์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.More specifically, the first ball screw 114 and the second ball screw 124 may be rotated in conjunction with the drive shaft 117 rotated by the drive motor. For example, the driven pulley 118 coupled to the first ball screw 114 is connected to the drive shaft 117 by a power transmission member such as a belt, and the driven pulley 128 coupled to the second ball screw 124. Is connected to the drive shaft 117 by a power transmission member. At this time, the lead of the first ball screw 114 and the lead of the second ball screw 124 are appropriately adjusted so that the holding finger 122 moves in association with the pair of first rail bodies 110. At the same time it may be located in the center of the pair of first rail body (110).

์ง€๊ธˆ๊นŒ์ง€ ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ ๋ฐ ๋™์ž‘์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ๊ฐ„๋‹จํžˆ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜์˜€์ง€๋งŒ, ์ด๋Š” ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์— ๋ถˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉฐ ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋‚˜ ๋™์ž‘์ด ๊ทธ์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์•ฝ 90ยฐ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋ชจ๋“  ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ ๋ฐ ๋™์ž‘์ด ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)์— ์ ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Œ์€ ๋ฌผ๋ก ์ด๋‹ค.So far, the structure and operation of the rotating unit 120 have been briefly described, but this is merely exemplary and the structure or operation of the rotating unit 120 is not limited thereto. For example, the structure and operation of all of the rotating parts 120 capable of rotating the inspection object by about 90 ยฐ may be applied to the inspection apparatus 1000 of the present embodiment.

ํด๋žจํ”„(130)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)์˜ ์ด์†ก ๊ฒฝ๋กœ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)์— ๋งˆ๋ จ๋œ ์•ž/๋’ท๋ฉด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์œ„์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(115)๋ฅผ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์•ž/๋’ท๋ฉด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์œ„์น˜๋กœ ์ด๋™๋˜๋ฉด, ํด๋žจํ”„(130)๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ์••์ฐฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ฒฌ๊ณ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ณ ์ •ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ์˜ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ์ •์ ์ด๊ณ  ์ •๋ฐ€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก ํ•œ๋‹ค.The clamp 130 is disposed in the transfer path of the first conveyor unit 100, and the front side F or the rear side of the inspection target is inspected by the inspection unit 400 at the front / back side inspection positions provided in the first conveyor unit 100. The test object can be fixed during the process. For example, when the inspection object is moved to the front / back inspection position along the first conveyor belt 115, the clamp 130 compresses the side of the inspection object to firmly fix the inspection object, thereby inspecting the inspection unit 400. Ensure stable and precise performance.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)์˜ ์ด์†ก ๊ฒฝ๋กœ์—๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ณต์ˆ˜๊ฐœ์˜ ์„ผ์„œ๋“ค์ด ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ์„ผ์„œ๋Š” ๋ฐœ๊ด‘๋ถ€์™€ ์ˆ˜๊ด‘๋ถ€๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ์„ผ์„œ๋Š” ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€(120)๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํŒŒ์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ์œ„์น˜์— ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์œ„์น˜๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๋˜๋Š” ์•ž/๋’ท๋ฉด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์œ„์น˜์— ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์œ„์น˜๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. Meanwhile, a plurality of sensors may be installed in the transfer path of the first conveyor unit 100 to detect the position of the inspection target. For example, the sensor may include a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit, and may be installed on the pair of first rail bodies 110, respectively. For example, the sensor may detect that the test object is positioned at a predetermined position for holding the test object using the rotating unit 120 or detect that the test object is located at the front / back test positions.

ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)์˜ ์ด์†ก ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ(์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, X ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ)์œผ๋กœ ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)์™€ ๋‚˜๋ž€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The flipper unit 200 may be disposed in parallel with the first conveyor unit 100 in a transport direction (for example, X direction) of the first conveyor unit 100. The flipper 200 may be a portion for performing inspection on the sides of the inspection target in the inspection apparatus 1000.

ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ํšŒ์ „์€ ํ›„์ˆ ๋˜๋Š” 2๊ฐœ์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์„ ์ž‡๋Š” ๊ฐ€์ƒ์˜ ์ง์„ ์„ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์œผ๋กœ ํ•œ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ดํ•˜์—์„œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ '์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ'๋ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค.The flipper 200 may rotate the inspection object such that a side of the inspection object faces upward. Here, the rotation may mean a rotation using an imaginary straight line connecting the centers of two rotating bodies 230 to be described later as the rotation axis. Hereinafter, a state in which the side of the inspection object faces upward is referred to as a "vertical state".

์ข€๋” ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์œผ๋กœ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜ํ‰ ์ƒํƒœ์— ์žˆ์„ ๋•Œ, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ˆ˜์ง์œผ๋กœ ์•ฝ 90ยฐ ํšŒ์ „์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ์— ์žˆ์„ ๋•Œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์•ฝ 180ยฐ ํšŒ์ „์‹œ์ผœ, ๋‹ค์‹œ ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•˜๋˜ ํ•˜๋ฐฉ ์ธก๋ฉด๊ณผ ์ƒ๋ฐฉ ์ธก๋ฉด์˜ ์œ„์น˜๊ฐ€ ๋ฐ”๋€Œ๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋ฐ ์ž‘๋™ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ํ›„์ˆ ๋˜๋Š” ๋ถ€๋ถ„์—์„œ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ƒ์„ธํžˆ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.More specifically, when the inspection object is in a horizontal state in which the front surface (F) or the rear surface is upward, the flipper part 200 rotates the inspection object vertically by about 90 ยฐ to the vertical state in which one side of the inspection object is upward. Can be In addition, the flipper 200 may rotate the inspection object by about 180 ยฐ when the inspection object is in a vertical state, so that the flipper 200 may be in a vertical state again, but change the positions of the lower side and the upper side. The configuration and operation method of the flipper 200 will be described in more detail later.

์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(300)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์–ธ๋กœ๋”ฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ถœ๊ตฌ(out) ์ธก์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(300)๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)์™€ ๋‚˜๋ž€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ ์™„๋ฃŒ๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ด์†ก๋ฐ›์•„ ์ถœ๊ตฌ(out)๋กœ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(300)๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ ๋งˆ์ฃผ๋ณด๋„๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์–ด ๋‚˜๋ž€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฐ์žฅํ•˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(310) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(310)์— ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(315)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(300)๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(315)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The second conveyor unit 300 may be disposed at an outlet side at which an inspection object is unloaded. The second conveyor unit 300 may be disposed in parallel with the flipper unit 200, and may receive the inspected object from which the inspection is completed from the flipper unit 200 and transfer it to the outlet. The second conveyor unit 300 may include a pair of second rail bodies 310 and a second conveyor belt 315 installed to run on the second rail body 310 so as to face each other and extend side by side. Can be. The second conveyor unit 300 may transfer the inspection object while supporting the inspection object such that the front surface F or the rear surface of the inspection object faces upward through the second conveyor belt 315.

๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์™ธ๊ด€์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ดฌ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์กฐ๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›(๋„ 7์˜ 500)์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ด‘์„ ์ถœ์‚ฌํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ˆ˜๊ด‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ดฌ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, CCD ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ก , ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๊ฐ€ CCD ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” sCMOS(Scientific CMOS) ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๊ณ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ์˜ CMOS ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ์ผ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋” ๋‚˜์•„๊ฐ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ˆ˜๊ด‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•จ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋ชจ๋“  ์ข…๋ฅ˜์˜ ์„ผ์„œ ๋˜๋Š” ๋””ํ…ํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.ย The inspection unit 400 may capture an image of the appearance of the inspection object. For example, a light source (500 of FIG. 7) illuminating the inspection object emits light toward the inspection object, and the inspection unit 400 may receive the light reflected from the inspection object to capture the inspection object. The inspection unit 400 may be, for example, a CCD camera. Of course, the inspection unit 400 is not limited to the CCD camera. For example, the inspection unit 400 may be a high performance CMOS camera such as a sCMOS (Scientific CMOS) camera. In addition, the inspection unit 400 may include all kinds of sensors or detectors capable of detecting the defect of the inspection object by receiving light reflected from the inspection object.

์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ํŒจํ„ด ์กฐ๋ช…์„ ์œ„์ƒ์„ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์— ์กฐ์‚ฌํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ˆ˜๊ด‘ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ 3์ฐจ์› ํ˜•์ƒ์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ์žฅ์น˜๋“ค์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํŒจํ„ด ์กฐ๋ช…์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ 3์ฐจ์› ํ˜•์ƒ์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ์›๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์ด๋ฏธ ์•Œ๋ ค์ ธ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ ๊ทธ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์ธ ์„ค๋ช…์€ ์ƒ๋žตํ•œ๋‹ค.For example, the inspection unit 400 may include devices for measuring the three-dimensional shape of the inspection object by irradiating the inspection object with the pattern illumination by changing the phase and receiving light reflected from the inspection object. Since the principle of measuring a three-dimensional shape using pattern illumination is already known, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100) ๋ฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)์˜ ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์†Œ์ •์˜ ์œ„์น˜๋“ค์„ ์ˆœํ™˜ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100) ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์— ๋งˆ๋ จ๋œ ์ œ1 ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์œ„์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด(F) ๋ฐ ๋’ท๋ฉด์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ณ , ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200) ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์— ๋งˆ๋ จ๋œ ์ œ2 ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์œ„์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๊ฐ ํŠธ๋ฆฌ(gantry)์— ์„ค์น˜๋˜์–ด X๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋ฐ/๋˜๋Š” Y๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋‚˜์•„๊ฐ€ Z๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The inspection unit 400 may be disposed above the first conveyor unit 100 and the flipper unit 200, and may inspect the inspection object while circulating predetermined positions. For example, the inspection unit 400 inspects the front surface F and the rear surface of the inspection object at the first inspection position provided above the first conveyor unit 100, and inspects the inspection object at the second inspection position provided above the flipper 200. The sides of the can be inspected. The inspection unit 400 may be installed in a gantry and move in the X direction and / or the Y direction, and further, may move in the Z direction.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜(1000)์—์„œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ , ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ์™€ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ํš๋“ํ•œ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ถ„์„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋ถ„์„ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ถ„์„ ์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ๋ถ„์„ ํ”„๋กœ๊ทธ๋žจ์ด ๊น”๋ ค์žˆ๋Š” ๋ถ„์„ ์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ๋กœ์„œ, ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€ ์ผ๋ฐ˜ PC(Personal Computer), ์›Œํฌ์Šคํ…Œ์ด์…˜(workstation), ์Šˆํผ์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ ๋“ฑ ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, in the inspection apparatus 1000 of the present embodiment, the inspection unit 400 is not limited to the camera, it may include an analysis device that can analyze the image obtained through the camera with the camera. The analysis device is an analysis computer on which an analysis program is installed, and may be, for example, a general personal computer, a workstation, a supercomputer, or the like.

๋„ 3๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๋‹ค. ๋„ 4a ๋ฐ ๋„ 4b๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๋„ 3์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ์•ˆ์ชฝ ๋ฉด ๋ฐ ๋ฐ”๊นฅ์ชฝ ๋ฉด์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.3 is a perspective view illustrating a flipper unit 200 according to an embodiment of the inventive concept. 4A and 4B show the inner and outer surfaces of the rotary body 230 shown in FIG. 3, respectively.

๋„ 3, ๋„ 4a, ๋ฐ ๋„ 4b๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210), ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)์— ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240), ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)์— ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280), ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ํด๋žจํ”„(260) ๋ฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์Šน๊ฐ•๊ธฐ(250)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)๋Š” ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(201) ์ƒ์— ์„œ๋กœ ๋งˆ์ฃผํ•˜๋„๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด(220) ๋ฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. 3, 4A, and 4B, the flipper unit 200 includes a pair of flipper body 210, a flipper belt 240 installed to run on the flipper body 210, and a flipper body 210. It may include a mirror unit 280, the flipper clamp 260 and the flipper lifter 250 installed in the. The pair of flipper bodies 210 may be disposed to face each other on the base plate 201. The pair of flipper bodies 210 may include a support body 220 and a rotating body 230, respectively.

ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์กฐ์ ˆ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ 2 ๊ฐœ์˜ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด(220)๋“ค ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋Š” ์ด๋™ ๋ธ”๋ก(222)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(201) ์ƒ์— ๋งˆ๋ จ๋œ ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ ๋ ˆ์ผ(203)์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋™๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, 2 ๊ฐœ์˜ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด(220)๋“ค ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210) ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ ์—ฐ์žฅ๋œ ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ ๋ ˆ์ผ(203)์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋™๋จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์กฐ์ ˆ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The distance between the pair of flipper bodies 210 may be adjusted. For example, at least one of the two support bodies 220 provided in the pair of flipper bodies 210 may be moved along the guide rail 203 provided on the base plate 201 through the moving block 222. have. That is, at least one of the two support bodies 220 is moved along the guide rail 203 extending between the pair of flipper bodies 210, so that the distance between the pair of flipper bodies 210 can be adjusted. have.

ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ(232)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด(220)์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋Š” ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด(220)์˜ ์•ˆ์ชฝ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ˆ˜ํ‰ ์ƒํƒœ์— ์žˆ์„ ๋•Œ์— ์ œ1 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(110) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(310)์™€ ์ด์›ƒํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The rotating body 230 may be installed to be rotatable to the support body 220 by the flipper shaft 232. The rotating body 230 is disposed in the inward direction of the support body 220, and may be disposed adjacent to the first rail body 110 and the second rail body 310 when in the horizontal state.

ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210) ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ ์—ฐ์žฅ๋˜์–ด ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๋ณผ ์Šคํ”Œ๋ผ์ธ(ball spline, 234)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์„œ๋กœ ๋™๊ธฐํ™”๋˜์–ด ํšŒ์ „๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The pair of rotating bodies 230 may be rotated in synchronization with each other by a ball spline 234 installed extending between the pair of flipper bodies 210.

์ข€ ๋” ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์œผ๋กœ, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ์šฉ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๋ชจํ„ฐ(235)์— ๋งˆ๋ จ๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ์šฉ ๊ตฌ๋™ ํ’€๋ฆฌ(236)๋Š” ๋™๋ ฅ์ „๋‹ฌ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณผ ์Šคํ”Œ๋ผ์ธ(234)์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ์ข…๋™ ํ’€๋ฆฌ(238)์™€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ณ , ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋“ค ๊ฐ๊ฐ์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ(232)๋“ค์€ ๋™๋ ฅ์ „๋‹ฌ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณผ ์Šคํ”Œ๋ผ์ธ(234)์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ’€๋ฆฌ๋“ค(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋ณผ ์Šคํ”Œ๋ผ์ธ(234)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ์šด๋™์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ 2 ๊ฐœ์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋Š” ๋™๊ธฐํ™”๋˜์–ด ํšŒ์ „๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ์šฉ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๋ชจํ„ฐ(235)๋ฅผ ์ •ํšŒ์ „ ๋˜๋Š” ์—ญํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ, 2๊ฐœ์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋“ค์€ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.More specifically, the flipper drive pulley 236 provided on the flipper drive motor 235 is connected to the driven pulley 238 coupled to the ball spline 234 through a power transmission member, and a pair of rotating bodies ( The flipper shafts 232 coupled to each of the 230 may be connected to sub pulleys (not shown) coupled to the ball spline 234 through the power transmission member. By such a configuration, the two rotary bodies 230 may be synchronized and rotated by the rotational movement of the ball spline 234. By forward or reverse rotation of the flipper drive motor 235, the two rotating bodies 230 can be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise.

ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋“ค์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ๊ธธ์ด ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์—ฐ์žฅ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜ํ‰ ์ƒํƒœ์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(115) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ(315)์™€ ์ด์›ƒํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)์˜ ์ด์†ก ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ๊ณผ ๋‚˜๋ž€ํ•œ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)์˜ ์ฃผํ–‰์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ „์ง„ ๋˜๋Š” ํ›„์ง„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The flipper belt 240 may be installed on the pair of rotating bodies 230, respectively, and may extend along the longitudinal direction of the rotating body 230. While the rotating body 230 is positioned in a horizontal state, the flipper belt 240 may be disposed adjacent to the first conveyor belt 115 and the second conveyor belt 315. The flipper unit 200 may travel the flipper belt 240 to transfer the inspection object in a direction parallel to the transfer direction of the first conveyor unit 100. That is, by the running of the flipper belt 240, the inspection object can be moved forward or backward with the front or rear face upward.

ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ์•ˆ์ชฝ ๋ฉด ์ƒ์— ์œ„ ์•„๋ž˜๋กœ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋˜์–ด ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(242) ๋ฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(244)๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(242) ๋ฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(244)๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ตฌ๋™ ํ’€๋ฆฌ(246, 248) ๋ฐ 2 ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์ง€์ง€ ๋กค๋Ÿฌ๋“ค(249)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ง€์ง€๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ตฌ๋™ ํ’€๋ฆฌ(246, 248)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ฃผํ–‰๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The flipper belt 240 may include an upper belt 242 and a lower belt 244 disposed on the inner surface of the rotating body 230 spaced up and down. The upper belt 242 and the lower belt 244 may be supported by the drive pulleys 246 and 248 and two or more support rollers 249, respectively, and may be driven by the rotation of the drive pulleys 246 and 248, respectively. Can be.

์ข€ ๋” ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์œผ๋กœ, ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(242) ๋ฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(244)๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋™์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด(220)์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(272), ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ๋ฐ”๊นฅ์ชฝ ๋ฉด ์ƒ์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ์ œ1 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(274) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(276)๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(274)๋Š” ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(242)๋ฅผ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ํ’€๋ฆฌ(246)์™€ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์„ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(276)๋Š” ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(244)๋ฅผ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ํ’€๋ฆฌ(248)์™€ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์„ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. More specifically, to drive the upper belt 242 and the lower belt 244, the drive gear 272 rotatably installed on the support body 220, and on the outer surface of the rotary body 230 The first idle gear 274 and the second idle gear 276 may be provided to be rotatable. The first idle gear 274 may be connected to the driving pulley 246 supporting the upper belt 242 through a rotation shaft, and the second idle gear 276 may drive the pulley 248 supporting the lower belt 244. And can be connected via a rotating shaft.

๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†ก์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(272)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(274) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(276) ์ค‘ ์–ด๋А ํ•˜๋‚˜์™€ ๋งž๋ฌผ๋ ค ํšŒ์ „๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(244)์™€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ์ œ2 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(276)๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(272)์™€ ๋งž๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๋ฉด, ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(272)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ œ2 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(276)๊ฐ€ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(244)๊ฐ€ ์ฃผํ–‰๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฐ˜๋ฉด, ์ด์™€ ๋‹ค๋ฅด๊ฒŒ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๊ฐ€ ์•ฝ 180ยฐ ํšŒ์ „๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(242)์™€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ์ œ1 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(274)๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(272)์™€ ๋งž๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๋ฉด, ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(272)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ œ1 ์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด(274)๊ฐ€ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(242)๊ฐ€ ์ฃผํ–‰๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(242)์™€ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๋ฒจํŠธ(244)๋Š” ๋…๋ฆฝ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ๋™๋˜์–ด, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In order to transfer the object to be inspected, the driving gear 272 may rotate in engagement with one of the first idle gear 274 and the second idle gear 276. For example, when the second idle gear 276 connected to the lower belt 244 meshes with the drive gear 272, the second idle gear 276 rotates according to the rotation of the drive gear 272, and as a result, the lower belt ( 244 may travel. On the other hand, when the rotation body 230 is rotated about 180 ยฐ so that the first idle gear 274 connected to the upper belt 242 is engaged with the drive gear 272, the first idle according to the rotation of the drive gear 272. Gear 274 rotates, and as a result, top belt 242 can travel. That is, the upper belt 242 and the lower belt 244 may be driven independently to transport the inspection object.

ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ํด๋žจํ”„(260)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์— ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ ์ • ์œ„์น˜๋กœ ์ด๋™๋˜๋ฉด, ํด๋žจํ”„ ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(262)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์— ๋ฐ€์ฐฉ๋˜์–ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ ์ • ์œ„์น˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋  ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ์–‘์ชฝ ๋๋‹จ์— ์ผ์น˜๋œ ์œ„์น˜์ด๊ฑฐ๋‚˜, ๋˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์–‘์ชฝ ๋๋‹จ์—์„œ ์•ฝ๊ฐ„ ๋Œ์ถœ๋œ ์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์˜๋ฏธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ ์ • ์œ„์น˜์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜์˜€๋Š”์ง€ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ผ์„œ๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„ผ์„œ๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ์–‘์ชฝ ๋๋‹จ์— ์ธ์ ‘ํ•œ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The flipper clamp 260 may fix the inspection object and may be installed on the rotating body 230. When the test object is moved to the proper position by the flipper belt 240, the clamp plate 262 may be in close contact with the test object to fix the test object. Here, the proper position may mean a position in which the side to be inspected of the inspection object is coincided with both ends of the rotating body 230, or a position protruded slightly from both ends. The sensor may be provided to determine whether the test object is located at an appropriate position. For example, the sensor may be disposed at portions adjacent to both ends of the rotating body 230.

ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ํด๋žจํ”„(260)๋Š” ํด๋žจํ”„ ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(262) ๋ฐ ํด๋žจํ”„ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์‹ค๋ฆฐ๋”(264)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํด๋žจํ”„ ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(262)๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ๊ธธ์ด ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์—ฐ์žฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)๋ฅผ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋™๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋งˆ์ฃผํ•˜๋„๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํด๋žจํ”„ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์‹ค๋ฆฐ๋”(264)๋Š” ํด๋žจํ”„ ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(262)๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์— ๋ฐ€์ฐฉ๋˜์–ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ค๋„๋ก ํด๋žจํ”„ ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(262)๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์••ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํด๋žจํ”„ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์‹ค๋ฆฐ๋”(264)๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ(232)์™€ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋˜๋„๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ(232)๋ฅผ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์œผ๋กœ ์ขŒ์šฐ ์ธก์— ํ•˜๋‚˜์”ฉ ๋งˆ๋ จ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ํด๋žจํ”„(260)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋“ค ์ค‘ ์–ด๋А ํ•˜๋‚˜์—๋งŒ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉฐ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋“ค ๋ชจ๋‘์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The flipper clamp 260 may include a clamp plate 262 and a clamp drive cylinder 264. The clamp plate 262 may extend along the longitudinal direction of the rotating body 230, and may be disposed to face one side of the inspection object that is moved along the flipper belt 240. The clamp driving cylinder 264 may press the clamp plate 262 so that the clamp plate 262 is in close contact with the test object to fix the test object. The clamp driving cylinder 264 is disposed to be spaced apart from the flipper shaft 232, and may be provided, for example, on the left and right sides with respect to the flipper shaft 232. The flipper clamp 260 may be provided only in any one of the pair of rotation bodies 230, but is not limited thereto and may be provided in all of the pair of rotation bodies 230.

ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์Šน๊ฐ•๊ธฐ(250)๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์ง ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์Šน๊ฐ•์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ, ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๊ธฐ์— ์ ์ ˆํ•œ ๋†’์ด์— ์œ„์น˜๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์Šน๊ฐ•๊ธฐ(250)๋Š” ์Šน๊ฐ•์šฉ ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(252) ๋ฐ ์Šน๊ฐ•์šฉ ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(252)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์Šน๊ฐ•์šฉ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๋ชจํ„ฐ(254)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ์Šน๊ฐ•์šฉ ๋ณผ ์Šคํฌ๋ฅ˜(252)๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ์žฅ๋˜์–ด ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(201)์— ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์Šน๊ฐ•์šฉ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๋ชจํ„ฐ(254)์˜ ๊ตฌ๋™์— ์˜ํ•ด ํšŒ์ „๋˜์–ด ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)๋ฅผ ์ƒ์Šน ํ˜น์€ ํ•˜๊ฐ•์‹œํ‚ค๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด(220)์—๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์ง ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์•ˆ๋‚ดํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ LM ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ(linear motion guide, 224)๊ฐ€ ๋งˆ๋ จ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. LM ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ(224)๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์„ธ์›Œ์ ธ ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ ๋ ˆ์ผ(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ์Šฌ๋ผ์ด๋”ฉ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ด์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด(210)์˜ ์Šน๊ฐ• ๋™์ž‘์€ ์•ˆ์ •์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The flipper elevator 250 may raise and lower the flipper body 210 in the vertical direction so that one side of the inspection object in the vertical state may be positioned at a height suitable for being inspected by the inspection unit 400. For example, the flipper elevator 250 may include an elevating ball screw 252 and an elevating drive motor 254 for rotating the elevating ball screw 252. For example, the lifting ball screw 252 may extend in the vertical direction and be installed on the base plate 201, and may be rotated by driving of the lifting driving motor 254 to raise or lower the flipper body 210. . The support body 220 may be provided with an LM guide (linear motion guide) 224 for guiding the flipper body 210 in the vertical direction. The LM guide 224 is slidably coupled to a guide rail (not shown) installed upright in a vertical direction. Accordingly, the lifting operation of the flipper body 210 may be stably performed.

๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์— ์„ค์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ์ธก๋ถ€์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด์„ ๊ฐ–๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(๋„ 5์˜ 282)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋Š” ์ง€์ง€ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฌผ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์— ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The mirror unit 280 may be provided to inspect the first corner portion of the inspection object. The mirror unit 280 may be installed on the rotating body 230, and for example, may be disposed on the side of the rotating body 230. Mirror portion 280 may include a mirror (282 of FIG. 5) having a reflective surface, the mirror 282 may be mounted to the rotating body 230 by a support structure.

๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ˆ˜์ง์œผ๋กœ ์„ธ์›Œ์ง„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ์ดฌ์ƒ๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)์— ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ดฌ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜๋Š”, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ๊ด‘์›(๋„ 7์˜ 500)์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๋น›์„ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์กฐ๋ช…ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ดฌ์ƒํ•˜๊ธฐ์— ์ถฉ๋ถ„ํ•œ ๊ด‘๋Ÿ‰์ด ํ™•๋ณด๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ์‚ฌ๊ฐ ์˜์—ญ(blind spot)์„ ์ œ๊ฑฐํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.While the side surface of the inspection object vertically erected by the flipper portion by the inspection unit 400 is inspected, the mirror unit 280 allows the first corner portion of the inspection object to be captured by the inspection unit 400. For example, the inspection unit 400 may image the first corner portion of the inspection object reflected by the mirror unit 280. Alternatively, the mirror unit 280 reflects the light emitted from the light source (500 in FIG. 7) to illuminate the first corner of the inspection object, so that the amount of light sufficient for the inspection unit 400 to capture the first corner of the inspection object. Can be secured. That is, the mirror unit 280 may remove blind spots so that the first edge of the inspection object may be inspected together while the side of the inspection object is inspected by the inspection unit 400.

๋„ 5๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. ๋„ 6์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๊ฐœ๋…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.5 is a view for explaining a method of inspecting the side and the first corner portion E1 of the inspection target in the inspection device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 6 is a diagram conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion E1 of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

๋„ 5๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ๊ทธ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํšŒ์ „๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์™€ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ด๋•Œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์€ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ๋๋‹จ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋Œ์ถœ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to FIG. 5, in order to inspect the side of the inspection object, the inspection object is rotated by the rotating body 230 so that one side thereof faces upward, and thus the one side of the inspection object is inspected by the inspection unit 400. Face to face. At this time, the one side facing the inspection unit 400 may protrude from the end of the rotating body 230.

๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ(a1)์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ(a1)์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ณต์ˆ˜ ๊ฐœ ์ดฌ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As illustrated in the drawing, the inspection unit 400 may inspect the one side of the inspection object while moving in one direction a1. For example, the inspection unit 400 may capture a plurality of images of the one side while moving in one direction a1.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋„ 5 ๋ฐ ๋„ 6์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์™€ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L2)์„ ์ˆ˜๊ด‘ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L1)์€ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์—์„œ ๋‹ค์‹œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L2)์„ ์ˆ˜๊ด‘ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์ง€์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ์ดฌ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. 5 and 6, the inspection unit 400 is reflected from the mirror 282 to inspect the first corner portion E1 of one side of the inspection object in a vertical state facing the inspection unit 400. The light L2 can be received. For example, the light L1 reflected from the first edge portion E1 is reflected back at the mirror 282, and the inspection unit 400 may receive the light L2 reflected at the mirror 282. The first corner E1 may be captured by moving to.

์ฆ‰, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ดฌ์ƒ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋กœ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์˜ ํ™”๊ฐ์ด ๋ฏธ์น˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๋Š” ์‚ฌ๊ฐ ์˜์—ญ์„ ์ œ๊ฑฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ์˜์˜ ์ถ”๊ฐ€ ์—†์ด ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ ๋น„์šฉ์„ ์ ˆ๊ฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.That is, the mirror 282 reflects the light reflected from the first edge portion E1 to the inspection portion 400 so that the first edge portion E1 is picked up by the inspection portion 400, so that an angle of view of the inspection portion 400 is increased. It can eliminate the blind area that does not reach. In addition, when the mirror 282 is used, the first edge portion E1 may be inspected without the addition of a camera for inspecting the first edge portion E1, thereby reducing the cost.

๋„ 7๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๊ฐœ๋…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.FIG. 7 is a diagram conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion E1 of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an embodiment of the inventive concept.

๋„ 7์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋Š” ๊ด‘์›(500)์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L3)์„ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œ์ผœ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋กœ ์ž…์‚ฌ์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ์— ์ถฉ๋ถ„ํ•œ ๊ด‘๋Ÿ‰์ด ํ™•๋ณด๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to FIG. 7, the mirror 282 reflects the light L3 emitted from the light source 500 and enters the first corner portion E1, thereby using the inspection unit 400 to make the first corner portion E1. It is possible to ensure that the amount of light sufficient to inspect the.

๋‹ค์‹œ ๋งํ•ด์„œ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋Š” ๊ด‘์›(500)์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L3)์„ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ์กฐ๋ช…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ์ง์ ‘ ์กฐ๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›์„ ์ถ”๊ฐ€ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋”๋ผ๋„ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ์— ์ถฉ๋ถ„ํ•œ ๊ด‘๋Ÿ‰์ด ํ™•๋ณด๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In other words, the mirror 282 may reflect the light L3 emitted from the light source 500 to illuminate the first edge portion E1 of the inspection object, and the light source directly illuminating the first edge portion E1. Even if it is not added, the amount of light sufficient to inspect the first corner portion E1 can be ensured.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋„“์€ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋กœ ๋ถ„์‚ฐ์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•ญ ํ˜•์ƒ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์˜ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด์€ ๋ณผ๋กํ•œ ํ˜•์ƒ์„ ๊ฐ€์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, in some embodiments, the mirror 282 may have a variety of shapes or structures to disperse the light reflected by the mirror 282 in a wider range, for example, the reflective surface of the mirror 282 It may have a convex shape.

๋„ 8a ๋ฐ ๋„ 8b๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๊ฐœ๋…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.8A and 8B are views conceptually illustrating a method of inspecting a first corner portion E1 of an inspection object in an inspection apparatus according to an embodiment of the inventive concept.

๋„ 8a ๋ฐ ๋„ 8b๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282) ๋ฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ(284)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ(284)๋Š”, ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชจํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.8A and 8B, the mirror unit 280 may include a mirror 282 and a mirror rotating member 284 for rotating the mirror 282. The mirror rotating member 284 may include, for example, a rotating motor, but is not limited thereto.

๋„ 8a์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ(284)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L1โ€ฒ)์ด ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋˜์–ด ์ง„ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ๋กœ๊ฐ€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋˜๋„๋ก ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ(284)๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œ์ผœ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L1โ€ฒ)์ด ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์˜ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์ด๋ฃจ๋Š” ๊ฐ๋„๋ฅผ ์กฐ์ ˆํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. As shown in FIG. 8A, in some embodiments, the mirror rotating member 284 may change the path through which the light L1 โ€ฒ reflected at the first edge portion E1 is reflected from the mirror 282 to change. The mirror 282 can be rotated. That is, the mirror rotating member 284 may rotate the mirror 282 to adjust an angle at which the light L1 โ€ฒ reflected from the first edge portion E1 forms the reflective surface of the mirror 282.

์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ(284)๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ, ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L1โ€ฒ)์„ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์œ„์น˜์— ์œ„์น˜๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋ฅผ ํ–ฅํ•˜์—ฌ ์ง„ํ–‰์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. For example, the mirror rotating member 284 may advance the light L1 โ€ฒ reflected by the first edge portion E1 toward the inspection unit 400 positioned at a predetermined inspection position by rotating the mirror 282. .

์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๋„ 6์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L1)์€ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์˜ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ๊ฐ๋„(๋„ 6์˜ ฮธ1)๋กœ ์ž…์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์†Œ์ • ๊ฐ๋„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L1โ€ฒ)์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๊ฐ๋„ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘์€ ๊ฐ๋„(ฮธ1โ€ฒ)๋กœ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์— ์ž…์‚ฌ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฉ€์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, in FIG. 6, the light L1 reflected from the first edge portion E1 of the inspection object is compared with the incident angle of the mirror 282 at the first angle (ฮธ1 in FIG. 6) with respect to the reflective surface of the mirror 282. The light L1 โ€ฒ reflected by the first corner portion E1 may be incident on the mirror 282 at an angle ฮธ1 โ€ฒ smaller than the first angle by rotating the 282 clockwise by a predetermined angle. As a result, the inspection unit 400 may inspect the first corner portion E1 in a direction away from one side of the inspection object facing the inspection unit 400.

๋„ 8b์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ(284)๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๊ด‘์›(500)์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L3โ€ฒ)์ด ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์˜ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์ด๋ฃจ๋Š” ๊ฐ๋„๋ฅผ ์กฐ์ ˆํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. As shown in FIG. 8B, in some embodiments, the mirror rotating member 284 rotates the mirror 282 such that the light L3 โ€ฒ emitted from the light source 500 is reflected with the reflective surface of the mirror 282. You can adjust the angle to make.

์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ(284)๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ, ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)์˜ ํŠน์ • ์˜์—ญ์„ ์šฉ์ดํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์กฐ๋ช…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the mirror rotating member 284 may easily illuminate a specific area of the first edge portion E1 by rotating the mirror 282.

์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๋„ 7์—์„œ ๊ด‘์›(500)์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L3โ€ฒ)์ด ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์˜ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ2 ๊ฐ๋„(๋„ 7์˜ ฮธ2)๋กœ ์ž…์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)๋ฅผ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์†Œ์ • ๊ฐ๋„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ ๊ด‘์›(500)์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘(L3โ€ฒ)์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๊ฐ๋„ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘์€ ๊ฐ๋„(ฮธ2โ€ฒ)๋กœ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ(282)์— ์ž…์‚ฌ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฉ€์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1)๋ฅผ ์กฐ๋ช…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the mirror 282 is clockwise compared to the incident light L3 โ€ฒ emitted from the light source 500 in FIG. 7 at a second angle (ฮธ2 in FIG. 7) with respect to the reflective surface of the mirror 282. The light L3 โ€ฒ emitted from the light source 500 may be incident on the mirror 282 at an angle ฮธ2 โ€ฒ smaller than the second angle by rotating the predetermined angle. As a result, the inspection unit 400 may illuminate the first corner portion E1 in a direction away from one side of the inspection object facing the inspection unit 400.

๋„ 9a ๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 9e๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์ž‘๋™ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด๋“ค์ด๋‹ค. ์ดํ•˜์—์„œ, ๋„ 3์„ ๋„ 9a ๋‚ด์ง€ 9e์™€ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜์—ฌ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์ž‘๋™ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์ด๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_1, E1_2)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.9A to 9E are diagrams for describing an exemplary method of operating a flipper unit. Hereinafter, an exemplary operation method of the flipper unit and a method of inspecting the side and first corner portions E1_1 and E1_2 of the object to be inspected using the same will be described with reference to FIGS. 3A to 9E.

๋จผ์ € ๋„ 9a๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ์•ž๋ฉด(F)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ ์™„๋ฃŒ๋œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(100)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋กœ ์ด์†ก๋˜๋ฉด, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ ์ • ์œ„์น˜๋กœ ์ด์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ด๋•Œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ์•ž๋ฉด(F)์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜์ธ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)์ด ์ „๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•œ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ์ด์†ก๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ ์ • ์œ„์น˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋  ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ถ€๋ถ„, ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)์ด ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ํ•œ์ชฝ ๋๋‹จ์—์„œ ์•ฝ๊ฐ„ ๋Œ์ถœ๋œ ์œ„์น˜์— ํ•ด๋‹นํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ดํ›„, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ์ • ์œ„์น˜์—์„œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ํด๋žจํ”„ ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(262)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒฌ๊ณ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ณ ์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.First, referring to FIG. 9A, when the inspection object for which the inspection of the front surface F is completed is transferred from the first conveyor unit 100 to the flipper unit 200, the flipper unit 200 may drive the flipper belt 240. Transfer the test object to the proper position. In this case, the inspection object may be conveyed in a state in which the front surface F faces upward, and the first long side surface S1, which is one of the long side surfaces of the inspection object, faces forward. Here, the proper position may correspond to a position where the side portion to be inspected, for example, the first long side surface S1 of the inspection object, slightly protrudes from one end of the rotating body 230. Thereafter, at the proper position, the inspection object may be firmly fixed by the clamp plate 262.

๋‹ค์Œ์œผ๋กœ ๋„ 9b๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋„๋ก ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋ฅผ ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์•ฝ 90ยฐํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ผ์ • ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํ•˜๊ฐ•์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํ•˜๊ฐ•์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๊ธฐ์— ์ ์ •ํ•œ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋กœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ด๊ฒฉ์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด๋‹ค. ์ด๋•Œ, ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ํ•˜๊ฐ•์€ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์ „, ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ, ๋˜๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚จ ํ›„์— ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)์˜ ํ•˜๊ฐ• ๋ฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋™์ž‘์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1) ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)์˜ ์–‘ ์ธก์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_1)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค.Next, referring to FIG. 9B, the flipper 200 may rotate the rotating body 230 by about 90 ยฐ in a counterclockwise direction so that the inspection object is vertical, and lower the inspection object by a predetermined distance. The lowering of the inspection object is to separate the first long side surface S1 of the inspection object from the inspection unit 400 at an appropriate distance to be inspected by the inspection unit 400. In this case, the lowering of the rotating body 230 may be made before rotating the rotating body 230, while rotating the rotating body 230, or after rotating the rotating body 230. That is, when the first long side surface S1 faces upward by the lowering and rotating operation of the flipper 200, the inspection unit 400 may have both sides of the first long side surface S1 and the first long side surface S1. The inspection of the first edge portion E1_1 of FIG.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ(a1)์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์™ธ๊ด€์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ(a1)์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1) ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1) ์–‘ ์ธก์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_1)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ณต์ˆ˜ ๊ฐœ ์ดฌ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. Meanwhile, as illustrated in the drawing, the inspection unit 400 may inspect the appearance of the inspection object while moving in one direction a1. For example, the inspection unit 400 may capture a plurality of images of the first long side surface S1 and the first corner portion E1_1 on both sides of the first long side surface S1 while moving in one direction a1. .

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_1)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ๋‹ค์‹œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋กœ ์žฌ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œ์ผœ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_1)๋ฅผ ์กฐ๋ช…ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_1)๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•œ๋‹ค.Meanwhile, the mirror unit 280 reflects the light reflected from the first corner portion E1_1 back to the inspection unit 400 or illuminates the first corner portion E1_1 by reflecting the light emitted from the light source. The first corner portion E1_1 is inspected by the inspection unit 400.

๋‹ค์Œ์œผ๋กœ, ๋„ 9c๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ˆ˜ํ‰ ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋„๋ก ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋ฅผ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์•ฝ 90ยฐํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ผ์ • ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์ƒ์Šน์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ดํ›„ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ(240)๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€์ชฝ ๋๋‹จ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด์†ก์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)๊ณผ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S2)์ด ํ›„๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๊ณ , ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S2)์€ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€์ชฝ ๋๋‹จ์—์„œ ์•ฝ๊ฐ„ ๋Œ์ถœ๋˜๋„๋ก ์œ„์น˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ดํ›„, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ํด๋žจํ”„ ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(262)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒฌ๊ณ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ณ ์ •๋œ๋‹ค. Next, referring to FIG. 9C, the flipper 200 may rotate the rotating body 230 by about 90 ยฐ clockwise so that the inspection object is in a horizontal state, and raise the inspection object by a predetermined distance. Thereafter, the flipper unit 200 drives the flipper belt 240 to move the inspection object toward the opposite end of the rotating body 230. As a result, the second long side surface S2 of the inspection object opposite to the first long side surface S1 faces backward, and the second long side surface S2 of the inspection object is slightly at the opposite end of the rotating body 230. It may be positioned to protrude. Thereafter, the test object is firmly fixed by the clamp plate 262.

๋‹ค์Œ์œผ๋กœ, ๋„ 9d๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋„๋ก ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋ฅผ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์•ฝ 90ยฐํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S2)์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ์— ์ ํ•ฉํ•œ ์œ„์น˜๋กœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํ•˜๊ฐ•์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•œํŽธ, ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋Š” ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์•ฝ 270ยฐํšŒ์ „๋˜์–ด ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)์˜ ํ•˜๊ฐ• ๋ฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋™์ž‘์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S2)์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S2) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S2) ์–‘ ์ธก์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_2)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค.Next, referring to FIG. 9D, the flipper 200 rotates the rotational body 230 about 90 ยฐ clockwise so that the inspection object is vertical, and the inspection unit 400 rotates the second long side surface S2. The test object can be lowered to a position suitable for the test. On the other hand, the rotating body 230 may be rotated about 270 ยฐ counterclockwise to be in a vertical state. When the second long side surface S2 faces upward by the lowering and rotating operation of the flipper unit 200, the inspection unit 400 may include the first long sides S2 and the first long side surfaces S2. The inspection on the edge portion E1_2 is performed.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ(a1)์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์™ธ๊ด€์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ(a1)์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S2) ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_2)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ณต์ˆ˜ ๊ฐœ ์ดฌ์ƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. Meanwhile, as illustrated in the drawing, the inspection unit 400 may inspect the appearance of the inspection object while moving in one direction a1. For example, the inspection unit 400 may capture a plurality of images of the second long side surface S2 and the first corner portion E1_2 while moving in one direction a1.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€(280)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_2)์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ๋‹ค์‹œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋กœ ์žฌ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œ์ผœ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_2)๋ฅผ ์กฐ๋ช…ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E1_2)๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋„๋ก ํ•œ๋‹ค.On the other hand, the mirror 280 by reflecting the light reflected back from the first edge portion (E1_2) back to the inspection unit 400 or by reflecting the light emitted from the light source to illuminate the first edge portion (E1_2) The first corner portion E1_2 is inspected by the inspection unit 400.

๋‹ค์Œ์œผ๋กœ, ๋„ 9e๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ˆ˜ํ‰ ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋„๋ก ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)๋ฅผ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์•ฝ 90ยฐํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๊ณ , ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ผ์ • ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์ƒ์Šน์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ๋’ท๋ฉด(B)์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๊ณ  ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S2)์ด ์ „๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ดํ›„, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๋’ท๋ฉด(B)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ์ง„ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ œ1 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(๋„ 1์˜ 100)๋กœ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•œํŽธ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๋’ท๋ฉด(B) ๋ฐ ๋‹จ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ ์ด๋ฏธ ์™„๋ฃŒ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ๋ผ๋ฉด, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ œ2 ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€(๋„ 1์˜ 300)๋กœ ์ด์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Next, referring to FIG. 9E, the flipper 200 may rotate the rotating body 230 in a clockwise direction by about 90 ยฐ such that the inspection object is in a horizontal state, and raise the inspection object by a predetermined distance. By the rotation of the rotary body 230, the inspection object is the back side (B) facing upwards and the second long side surface (S2) is facing forward. Thereafter, the flipper unit 200 may transfer the inspection object to the first conveyor unit 100 (FIG. 1) in order to inspect the rear surface B of the inspection object. On the other hand, if the inspection of the back side (B) and the short side of the inspection object is already completed, the flipper 200 may transfer the inspection object to the second conveyor unit (300 of FIG. 1).

๋„ 10์€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์ž‘๋™ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. ์ดํ•˜์—์„œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E2)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์ž‘๋™ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.10 is a diagram for describing an exemplary method of operating a flipper unit. Hereinafter, an exemplary operation method of the flipper unit for inspecting the second corner portion E2 of the inspection object will be described.

๋„ 3 ๋ฐ ๋„ 10์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚จ ํ›„, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ž์„ธ์—์„œ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์†Œ์ • ๊ฐ๋„(ฮธ) ๋‚ด์—์„œ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E2)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)์— ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ์— ์žˆ์„ ๋•Œ ์ดฌ์ƒ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E2)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€, ๋„ 6์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜์˜€์„ ๋•Œ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์€ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด(230)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์†Œ์ • ๊ฐ๋„(ฮธ)๋งŒํผ ๋” ํšŒ์ „๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ด์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)๊ณผ ์•ž๋ฉด ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E2) ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด(S1)๊ณผ ๋’ท๋ฉด(B) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E2)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.3 and 10, the flipper 200 rotates the inspection object such that one side of the inspection object is in a vertical state facing upward, and then rotates the inspection object in a clockwise direction and in a posture in which one side of the inspection object faces upward. The inspection object can be rotated within a predetermined angle ฮธ in the counterclockwise direction. As a result, the second corner portion E2 of the inspection object faces the inspection unit 400, and the inspection unit 400 inspects the second corner portion E2 which is not imaged when the inspection object is in a vertical state. Can be. For example, as shown in FIG. 6, when the first long side surface S1 of the inspection object faces upward, the inspection object is rotated by the rotation body 230 in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction with a predetermined angle ฮธ. Is further rotated, whereby the inspection part 400 may include a second corner portion E2 between the first long side surface S1 and the front surface, and a second corner portion between the first long side surface S1 and the rear surface B ( E2) can be checked.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€(400)๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค ๋ฐ ๋‹จ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์„ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•œ ํ›„, ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€(200)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์†Œ์ • ๊ฐ๋„(ฮธ)๋งŒํผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(E2)๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•œํŽธ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ๊ณผ ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ๋„๋Š” ๋™์ผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ, ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ˆ˜์ง ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ๊ณผ ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ๋„๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As a result, the inspection unit 400 inspects the long side surfaces and the short side surfaces, respectively, and then rotates the inspection object in the vertical state by the flipper 200 in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction by a predetermined angle ฮธ. The second corner portion E2 of can be inspected. On the other hand, the angle rotated in the clockwise and counterclockwise direction in the vertical state of the inspection object may be the same. In some cases, however, the angles rotated clockwise and counterclockwise in the vertical state of the inspection object may be different.

์ด์ƒ์—์„œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋„๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋ช…์„ธ์„œ์—์„œ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์ด ๊ฐœ์‹œ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ณธ ๋ช…์„ธ์„œ์—์„œ ํŠน์ •ํ•œ ์šฉ์–ด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์„ ์„ค๋ช…๋˜์—ˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด๋Š” ๋‹จ์ง€ ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ชฉ์ ์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ด์ง€ ์˜๋ฏธ ํ•œ์ •์ด๋‚˜ ํŠนํ—ˆ์ฒญ๊ตฌ๋ฒ”์œ„์— ๊ธฐ์žฌ๋œ ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ ์ œํ•œํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฏ€๋กœ ๋ณธ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ๋ถ„์•ผ์˜ ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ ์ง€์‹์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ž๋ผ๋ฉด ์ด๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ๋ณ€ํ˜• ๋ฐ ๊ท ๋“ฑํ•œ ํƒ€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋‹ค๋Š” ์ ์„ ์ดํ•ดํ•  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ง„์ •ํ•œ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ๋ณดํ˜ธ๋ฒ”์œ„๋Š” ์ฒจ๋ถ€๋œ ํŠนํ—ˆ์ฒญ๊ตฌ๋ฒ”์œ„์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ •ํ•ด์ ธ์•ผ ํ•  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.As described above, exemplary embodiments have been disclosed in the drawings and the specification. Although embodiments have been described using specific terms in this specification, they are used only for the purpose of describing the technical spirit of the present disclosure and are not used to limit the scope of the present disclosure as defined in the meaning or claims. . Therefore, those skilled in the art will understand that various modifications and equivalent other embodiments are possible therefrom. Therefore, the true technical protection scope of the present disclosure will be defined by the technical spirit of the appended claims.

Claims (10)

์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๊ฐ€ ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•˜๋Š” ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€;Conveyor belt has a pair of rail body is installed to run, the conveyor belt for transporting the inspection object while supporting the inspection object so that the front or rear of the inspection object to run upward by traveling the conveyor belt; ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์™€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†ก์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ, ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ด์›ƒํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(edge portion)์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ(flipper)๋ถ€; ๋ฐA pair of flipper bodies each having a rotatable body rotatably coupled to the support body by a support body and a flipper shaft, a flipper belt installed to run on the rotatable body for transporting the inspection object, and the inspection object A flipper provided in the rotating body for inspecting a first edge portion between two neighboring side surfaces of the flipper, and a flipper for rotating the test object so that the side of the test object faces upward. part; And ๊ด‘์„ ์ถœ์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›;A light source for emitting light; ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ,Including; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ์— ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋กœ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.And the mirror unit reflects light emitted from the light source to the first corner when one side of the inspection object faces upward. ์ œ 1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 1, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ˆ˜๊ด‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ ,At least one inspection unit for receiving the light reflected from the inspection object to inspect the inspection object, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€์˜ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.And inspection of the front or rear surface of the inspection object located on the conveyor unit and inspection of the side and first corner portions of the inspection object located on the flipper unit while the inspection unit moves. ์ œ 2 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ํŒจํ„ด ์กฐ๋ช…์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.And the inspection unit inspects the inspection object using pattern illumination. ์ œ 2 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ผ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€์™€ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.The inspection unit inspects one side and the first corner portion of the inspection object facing the inspection unit while moving in one direction when one side of the inspection object faces upward. ์ œ 2 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€์— ์ดฌ์ƒ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€์—์„œ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ–ฅํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.And the mirror unit reflects the light reflected from the first corner toward the inspection unit such that the first corner is captured by the inspection unit when one side of the inspection object faces upward. ์ œ 1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 1, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ํด๋žจํ”„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋˜,The flipper portion includes a flipper clamp for fixing the inspection object, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ํด๋žจํ”„๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ผ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์˜ ์ผ ๋๋‹จ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋Œ์ถœ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.The flipper clamp is configured to fix the inspection object such that one side of the inspection object protrudes from one end of the rotating body. ์ œ 1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 1, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š”, ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด์„ ๊ฐ–๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋กœ ์ž…์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์ด๋ฃจ๋Š” ๊ฐ๋„๊ฐ€ ์กฐ์ ˆ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.The mirror unit includes a mirror having a reflective surface and a mirror rotating member for rotating the mirror so that the angle of the light emitted from the light source and incident on the mirror with the reflective surface is adjusted. ์ œ 1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 1, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด๊ณผ ์•ž๋ฉด ์‚ฌ์ด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋’ท๋ฉด ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋„๋ก, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ž์„ธ์—์„œ ์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ˜์‹œ๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์†Œ์ • ๊ฐ๋„ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.The flipper part may be inspected within a predetermined angle in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction in a posture in which the side of the inspection object is upward so that the second corner portion is inspected between the side and the front surface of the inspection object and between the side and the rear surface of the inspection object. An inspection device, characterized in that for rotating the inspection object. ์ œ 1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 1, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€๋Š”,The conveyor unit, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€์˜ ์ด์†ก ๊ฒฝ๋กœ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋Š” ์ž์„ธ์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์— ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํšŒ์ „๋ถ€; ๋ฐA rotating part disposed on a conveying path of the conveyor unit and rotating the inspection object in parallel with the front or rear surface of the inspection object in a posture in which the front or rear surface of the inspection object faces upward; And ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€์˜ ์ด์†ก ๊ฒฝ๋กœ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์•ž๋ฉด ๋˜๋Š” ๋’ท๋ฉด์ด ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ๊ณ ์ •์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํด๋žจํ”„;A clamp disposed on a conveyance path of the conveyor unit and fixing the inspection object while the front or rear surface of the inspection object is inspected; ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.Inspection apparatus comprising a. ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๊ฐ€ ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ผ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด ๋ฒจํŠธ๋ฅผ ์ฃผํ–‰์‹œ์ผœ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฉด์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธฐ ์„ค์ •๋œ ์œ„์น˜๋กœ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ด์†กํ•˜๋Š” ์ปจ๋ฒ ์ด์–ด๋ถ€; ๋ฐA conveyor unit having a pair of rail bodies installed to enable the conveyor belt to travel, and moving the conveyor belt to a predetermined position for inspecting a first surface of the inspection object; And ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์™€ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ์ƒคํ”„ํŠธ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ง€์ง€ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ชธ์ฒด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์ฃผํ–‰ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์น˜๋œ ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ ๋ฒจํŠธ, ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ด์›ƒํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘ ๋ฉด๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€(edge portion)์„ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ชธ์ฒด์— ์„ค์น˜๋œ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ฆฌํผ๋ถ€; ๋ฐA pair of flipper bodies each having a rotating body rotatably coupled to the supporting body by a supporting body and a flipper shaft, a flipper belt installed to run on the rotating body, and between two adjacent surfaces of the inspection object. A flipper portion provided with a mirror portion provided in the rotating body for inspecting an edge portion, the flipper portion rotating the inspection object such that a second surface of the inspection object different from the first surface of the inspection object faces upward; And ๊ด‘์„ ์ถœ์‚ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ด‘์›;A light source for emitting light; ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ,Including; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฏธ๋Ÿฌ๋ถ€๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๋ฐฉ์„ ํ–ฅํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉด์— ์ด์›ƒํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ๋Œ€์ƒ์˜ ๋ฉด๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์กฐ๋ช…๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ด‘์›์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถœ์‚ฌ๋œ ๊ด‘์„ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒ€์‚ฌ ์žฅ์น˜.And the mirror unit is configured to reflect light emitted from the light source so that an edge portion between the second surface and the surfaces of the inspection target adjacent to the second surface is illuminated when the second surface of the inspection object faces upward. Device.
PCT/IB2018/052440 2017-02-10 2018-04-09 Inspection device Ceased WO2018146659A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2017-0018952 2017-02-10
KR1020170018952A KR101954416B1 (en) 2017-02-10 2017-02-10 Inspection apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018146659A1 true WO2018146659A1 (en) 2018-08-16

Family

ID=63107940

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2018/052440 Ceased WO2018146659A1 (en) 2017-02-10 2018-04-09 Inspection device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101954416B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2018146659A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109406538A (en) * 2018-12-27 2019-03-01 ้“ถๆฒณๆฐดๆปด็ง‘ๆŠ€๏ผˆๅŒ—ไบฌ๏ผ‰ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Cell phone appearance detection system
CN109813723A (en) * 2019-03-26 2019-05-28 ๅšไผ—็ฒพๅทฅ็ง‘ๆŠ€่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ A kind of appearance detecting method of appearance detecting device and product to be detected
CN112710675A (en) * 2019-12-25 2021-04-27 ไธŠ้‡Ž็ฒพๆœบๆ ชๅผไผš็คพ Electronic component handling apparatus
CN112903706A (en) * 2020-01-21 2021-06-04 ้‡ๅบ†้•ฟๅฎ‰ๆฑฝ่ฝฆ่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Appearance inspection device for cylinder cover casting
CN113063796A (en) * 2021-04-19 2021-07-02 ้—ฝๆฑŸๅญฆ้™ข Spinning cake appearance detection equipment and control method thereof
CN116923963A (en) * 2023-09-15 2023-10-24 ้•ฟๆฒ™้บฆ็›็ง‘ๆŠ€่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ High-precision conveying line mechanism suitable for line scanning CCD optical detection
CN117589688A (en) * 2024-01-18 2024-02-23 ๆน–ๅŒ—็œ้ซ˜ๅˆ›ๅ…ฌ่ทฏๅทฅ็จ‹ๅ’จ่ฏข็›‘็†ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Bridge expansion joint steel structure detection device and method thereof

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102853957B1 (en) * 2021-12-20 2025-09-03 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ์—˜์ง€์—๋„ˆ์ง€์†”๋ฃจ์…˜ System and method for inspecting exterior
KR102619212B1 (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-12-29 (์ฃผ)ํ€€ํ…€ํ”Œ๋ผ์ฆˆ๋งˆ Apparatus of inspecting cutting surface of glass substrate using scattered light

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2753445B2 (en) * 1994-04-15 1998-05-20 ๆพไธ‹้›ปๅทฅๆ ชๅผไผš็คพ Article transport system and transport article inspection system
KR20050045499A (en) * 2003-11-11 2005-05-17 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ์—์ด๋””ํ”ผ์—”์ง€๋‹ˆ์–ด๋ง A flood light for appearance inspection of lcd surface
KR20070088661A (en) * 2004-11-10 2007-08-29 ์ง€๋ฉ˜์Šค ๋ฐ”์ด ๋ฉ”ํƒˆ์Šค ํ…Œํฌ๋†€๋กœ์ง€์Šค ์—์Šค์—์ด์—์Šค Rolling band inspection method and inspection device
KR100783618B1 (en) * 2006-10-31 2007-12-07 (์ฃผ)์˜ค์—˜์ผ€์ด Macro inspection device
KR20140007509A (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-20 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ๊ณ ์˜ํ…Œํฌ๋†€๋Ÿฌ์ง€ Transfer apparatus for inspection object

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0549730U (en) * 1991-12-10 1993-06-29 ๅฏŒๅฃซ้€šใƒ†ใƒณๆ ชๅผไผš็คพ Sheet reversal conveyor
JP2000233824A (en) * 1999-02-15 2000-08-29 Rengo Co Ltd Conveyance device for stack sheet
KR100340012B1 (en) * 1999-08-06 2002-06-10 (์ฃผ)์„ฑ์ง„๋„คํ… Method of checking products and computer vision system using rotating mirror

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2753445B2 (en) * 1994-04-15 1998-05-20 ๆพไธ‹้›ปๅทฅๆ ชๅผไผš็คพ Article transport system and transport article inspection system
KR20050045499A (en) * 2003-11-11 2005-05-17 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ์—์ด๋””ํ”ผ์—”์ง€๋‹ˆ์–ด๋ง A flood light for appearance inspection of lcd surface
KR20070088661A (en) * 2004-11-10 2007-08-29 ์ง€๋ฉ˜์Šค ๋ฐ”์ด ๋ฉ”ํƒˆ์Šค ํ…Œํฌ๋†€๋กœ์ง€์Šค ์—์Šค์—์ด์—์Šค Rolling band inspection method and inspection device
KR100783618B1 (en) * 2006-10-31 2007-12-07 (์ฃผ)์˜ค์—˜์ผ€์ด Macro inspection device
KR20140007509A (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-20 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ๊ณ ์˜ํ…Œํฌ๋†€๋Ÿฌ์ง€ Transfer apparatus for inspection object

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109406538A (en) * 2018-12-27 2019-03-01 ้“ถๆฒณๆฐดๆปด็ง‘ๆŠ€๏ผˆๅŒ—ไบฌ๏ผ‰ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Cell phone appearance detection system
CN109813723A (en) * 2019-03-26 2019-05-28 ๅšไผ—็ฒพๅทฅ็ง‘ๆŠ€่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ A kind of appearance detecting method of appearance detecting device and product to be detected
CN112710675A (en) * 2019-12-25 2021-04-27 ไธŠ้‡Ž็ฒพๆœบๆ ชๅผไผš็คพ Electronic component handling apparatus
CN112903706A (en) * 2020-01-21 2021-06-04 ้‡ๅบ†้•ฟๅฎ‰ๆฑฝ่ฝฆ่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Appearance inspection device for cylinder cover casting
CN113063796A (en) * 2021-04-19 2021-07-02 ้—ฝๆฑŸๅญฆ้™ข Spinning cake appearance detection equipment and control method thereof
CN116923963A (en) * 2023-09-15 2023-10-24 ้•ฟๆฒ™้บฆ็›็ง‘ๆŠ€่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ High-precision conveying line mechanism suitable for line scanning CCD optical detection
CN116923963B (en) * 2023-09-15 2023-12-05 ้•ฟๆฒ™้บฆ็›็ง‘ๆŠ€่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ High-precision conveying line mechanism suitable for line scanning CCD optical detection
CN117589688A (en) * 2024-01-18 2024-02-23 ๆน–ๅŒ—็œ้ซ˜ๅˆ›ๅ…ฌ่ทฏๅทฅ็จ‹ๅ’จ่ฏข็›‘็†ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Bridge expansion joint steel structure detection device and method thereof
CN117589688B (en) * 2024-01-18 2024-04-09 ๆน–ๅŒ—็œ้ซ˜ๅˆ›ๅ…ฌ่ทฏๅทฅ็จ‹ๅ’จ่ฏข็›‘็†ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Bridge expansion joint steel structure detection device and method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20180092773A (en) 2018-08-20
KR101954416B1 (en) 2019-03-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018146659A1 (en) Inspection device
WO2019098686A1 (en) Inspection device
WO2018146658A1 (en) Inspection device and inspection method employing device
WO2020027440A1 (en) Device and method for checking for surface defect, using image sensor
CN100504422C (en) Solar Cell Test System
WO2017074075A1 (en) Item transfer apparatus, item inspection apparatus, item transfer method, and item inspection method
KR101454823B1 (en) Visual inspection apparatus
WO2019156286A1 (en) Apparatus for examining exterior of semiconductor device
CN114111615B (en) Automatic detecting equipment for warpage of backlight plate
WO2018146657A1 (en) Inspection device and inspection method employing device
WO2019231231A1 (en) Container inspection apparatus
JP2012171628A (en) Taping device and taping method
WO2012134146A1 (en) Apparatus for inspecting vision using stereo vision and lattice pattern
WO2016204513A1 (en) Inline handler and inspection method using same
JP2004077425A (en) Inspection device for drive transmission belt
CN111912851A (en) Optical inspection equipment
WO2016032060A1 (en) Cap inspection apparatus
CN115060739A (en) Panel detection device and panel detection method
KR101111065B1 (en) Board Inspection Device
CN111896552B (en) Novel notebook shell defect detection equipment
KR100490952B1 (en) Display panel conveyer for multipurpose optics test having stage type
WO2012157952A2 (en) Pcb substrate inspection apparatus
WO2016024648A1 (en) Apparatus for inspecting large-area plane
WO2017034184A1 (en) Vision inspection module and element inspection system having same
CN211374551U (en) Substrate detection device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18751382

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18751382

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1